ML110691215

Submittal of Pre-op Test Instructions

ML110691215
Person / Time
Site:	Watts Bar
Issue date:	03/07/2011
From:	Stinson D Tennessee Valley Authority
To:	Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML110691215 (270)

Text

Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Spring City, Tennessee 37381-2000 March 7, 2011 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2 NRC Docket No. 50-391

Subject:

Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 - Submittal of Pre-op Test Instructions The following approved WBN Unit 2 Pre-op Test Instructions (PTIs) are enclosed:

PTI NUMBER Rev. TITLE 2-PTI-030E-01 0 Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-061-01 0 Ice Condenser System 2-PTI-077-02 0 Gaseous Waste Disposal System If you have any questions, please contact Pete Olson at (423) 365-3294.

Respectfully, David Stinson Watts Bar Unit 2 Vice President D03D mtc

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2 March 7, 2011 cc (Enclosures):

U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Marquis One Tower 245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257 NRC Resident Inspector Unit 2 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 1260 Nuclear Plant Road Spring City, Tennessee 37381

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 PREOPERATIONAL TEST TITLE: Containment Air Return Fans Instruction No: 2-PTI-030E-01 Revision No: 0000 PREPARED BY: Keith Jones /K DATE: Z PRINT NAME I SIGNATURE REVIEWED BY: Bethany Merriman /(/?4c d-j, DATE: - -

PRINT fM E/ASIGC9AtRE INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING 2 "/- O '

JTG CHAIRMANý-(> DATE: 1111,____

APPROVED BY: _ DATE:________

PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING No:

JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE:

APPROVED BY : DATE:

PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SMP-8.0 R7 Administration of Preoperational Test instructions, Appendix B

Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 108 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of RevisionlChange 0000 3 / ALL This procedure is written using the Unit 1 PTI-030L-01 Rev 0 as a guide. The Air Return Fans' flow instrumentation has been disabled and is not in the scope of this test.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 108 Table of Contents 1.0 INTRO DUCTIO N ...................................................................................................... 5 1.1 Test O bjectives ........................................................................................................ 5 1.2 Scope ............................................................................................................................ 5

2.0 REFERENCES

........................................................................................................ 6 2.1 Perform ance References .......................................................................................... 6 2.2 Developm ental References ....................................................................................... 6 3.0 PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIO NS .................................................................... 10 4.0 PREREQ UISITE ACTIO NS .................................................................................... 12 4.1 Prelim inary Actions ................................................................................................. 12 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies ....................... 17 4.3 Field Preparations .................................................................................................. 19 4.4 Approvals and Notifications ................................................................................... 22 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA .................................................................................... 23 6.0 PERFO RM ANCE ................................................................................................... 28 6.1 Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Dam per Functional Test ........................................ 29 6.2 Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Dam per Functional Test ........................................ 31 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic ....................................................................................... 33 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic ....................................................................................... 47 6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Perform ance ........................................................................ 61 6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Perform ance ........................................................................ 66 6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed ......................................................................................................................... 71 6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed ......................................................................................................................... 78 7.0 POST PERFO RMANCE ACTIVITY ....................................................................... 85 8.0 RECO RDS .................................................................................................................. 86

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 108 Table of Contents (continued)

Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE R EV IEW ................................................................................................. 87 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ........................................................... 88 Appendix C: ELECTRICAL LINEUP ........................................................................... 89 Appendix D: Background Calculations .................................................................... 90 Data Sheet 1: Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Opening Torque ................. 97 Data Sheet 2: Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Opening Torque ................. 98 Data Sheet 3: Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed .................................................................................... 99 Data Sheet 4:

Air Return Fan B-B Motor Data with Backdraft Damper B locked C losed ....................................................................................... 100 Data Sheet 5: Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance ......................................................... 101 Data Sheet 6: Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance ........................................................ 104 Data Sheet 7: Air Return Fan Total Response Times .................................................. 107 Figure 1: Wedges for Blocking Backdraft Dampers ............................................ 108

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Test Objectives Demonstrate the proper operation of the Containment Air Return Fans, including associated dampers and hydrogen collection headers.

1.2 Scope This test demonstrates the operability of the Unit 2 Containment Air Return System to ensure the following:

A. The Air Return Fans operate correctly from their respective handswitches in the Main Control Room and on the 480V Shutdown Boards, and their indicating lights indicate correct status.

B. The Air Return Fans can recirculate air through the Ice Condenser at or above the design air flow, including that from the hydrogen collection headers.

C. The Air Return Fans' backdraft dampers remain closed unless their respective fan is running.

D. The Air Return Fans start approximately 9 minutes after a Phase B Containment Isolation Signal and remain running after reset of that signal.

E. The Air Return Fans will operate correctly during accident conditions.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Test Conduct B. GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report, Amendment 101

1. Section 6.8, Air Return Fans

2. Table 14.2-1, Sheets 38 & 39, Containment Ventilation System Test Summary B. Drawings

1. Flow Diagrams

a. 2-47W866-1, Rev 2, HEATING AND VENTILATION AIR FLOW DRA 53788-020, Rev 0

2. Electrical

a. 2-45W760-30-13, Rev 0, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

b. 2-47W760-30-8, Rev 1, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

c. 1-45W760-30-21, Rev 10, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

d. 2-45W600-30-7, Rev 1, VENTILATING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM DRA 54172-185, Rev 0

e. 1-45W760-55-1A, Rev 13, ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)

f. 2-45W600-57-20, Rev 0, SEPARATION MISC AUX RELAYS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

g. 2-45W600-57-21, Rev 0, SEPARATION & MISC AUX RELAYS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

h. 2-45W749-1, Rev 1, 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2A1-A SINGLE LINE DRA 54172-252, Rev 0

i. 2-45W749-4, Rev 2, 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2B2-B SINGLE LINE DRA 54172-253, Rev 0

j. 45N2676-4, REV 16, SOLID STATE PROTECTION SYS TRAIN A CONNECTION DIAGRAM

k. 45N2677-4, REV 18, SOLID STATE PROTECTION SYS TRAIN B CONNECTION DIAGRAM

1. 6947D02 (AC), Rev G, LVME 'DS' SWGR 480V 3 PH 60 HZ SUBSTATION INTERNALS

m. 6947D61, Rev 906, LVME 'DS' SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2A1-A 480V 3 PH 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 10

n. 618F938, Rev 913, LVME 'DS' SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2A1-A 480V 3 PH 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 6 DRA 53066-030, Rev 0

o. 6947D87, Rev 912, LVME 'DS' SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2B2-B 480V 30 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 8 & 9

p. 6947D85, Rev 915, LVME 'DS' SWGR 480V SHUTDOWN BD 2B2-B 480V 30 60 HZ SUBSTATION CONN DIAG UNIT 6 DRA 53069-014, Rev 0 DRA 53069-018, Rev 0

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)

3. Logic/Control

a. 2-47W610-30-1, Rev 1, ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM VENTILATION SYSTEM DRA 53788-018, Rev 0 DRA 54172-295, Rev 0

b. 2-47W611-30-3, Rev 0, ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM VENTILATION SYSTEM DRA 53788-019, Rev 0 DRA 54172-297, Rev 0

4. Other

a. 2-47B601-55-1, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]

DRA 52453-04, Rev 0

b. 2-47B601-55-2, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]

DRA 52453-05, Rev 0

c. 2-47B601-55-3, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]

DRA 52453-06, Rev 0

d. 2-47B601-55-4, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT TABULATION, [Later]

DRA 52453-07, Rev 0

e. 2-45B655-6E, Rev 0, MAIN CONTROL ROOM ANNUNCIATOR INPUTS WINDOW BOX XA-55-6E DCA 52630-091, Rev 0

f. 2-45B655-E6E, Rev 0, ANNUNCIATOR WINDOW BOX XA-55-6E ENGRAVING

g. 2-47A615-0, Rev 1, INTEGRATED COMPUTER SYSTEM TERMINATIONS AND I/O LIST (Pages 9 & 26 of 30)

Data Package: Page of Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)

C. Documents

1. GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance (Draft)

2. WBN2-30RB-4002, Rev 1, Reactor Building Ventilation System

3. 2-TSD-30E-1, Rev 1, Containment Air Return Fans

4. G-37, Rev 4, Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems During Installation, Modification, and Maintenance

5. Unit 2 Technical Specifications (Draft)

a. Section 3.3.2 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS)

Instrumentation

b. Section 3.6.10, Air Return System (ARS)

6. Unit 2 Technical Requirements Manual (Draft)

a. Section 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS)

Instrumentation

7. 2-SI-99-200, Response Time Scheduling And Verification of Reactor Trip And Engineered Safety Features Systems (Draft)

8. MI-57.002, Rev 39, Westinghouse DS Circuit Breaker Routine Maintenance, Inspection and Testing

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Procedure 1021.

B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made.

C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place keeping zeros and train designators (e.g.; 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. This condition does not require a TDN in accordance SMP-14.0. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.

D. IF/THEN steps may be marked N/A if stated condition does not exist.

E. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left unattended.

F. All terminal points and connections are to be considered energized.

Instrumentation must be used to determine if the circuits are de-energized.

G. Retermination of lifted leads requires that their restored bend radius is equal to or greater than the as-found condition.

H. 480V breaker secondary contact covers removed to support jumper installation/removal must be reinstalled with a torque value of 25-35 in-lbs in accordance with MI-57.002.

1. Air Return Fan Circuit Breakers have Overload Trip Switch (OTS) reset coils.

Placing the Handswitch to STOP will energize the OTS Reset Coil and reset the OTS. The OTS Reset Coil should only be energized momentarily; the OTS contact in series with the coil should open to de-energize the coil. To avoid overheating the coil, do not hold Handswitch in STOP if the coil does not de-energize.

J. When installing fuses with actuators, ensure that the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation and visual indication.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)

K. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist.

L. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the CTL from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required.

M. Observe all Radiation Protection requirements when working in or near contaminated areas.

N. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components.

0. Vibration testing of this system is performed during the GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance for this system.

P. During the performance of this instruction, visual observation of fans and ductwork is required. This includes steady-state and transient operations (fan starts and stops) with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive.

Q. To verify that transient conditions are not causing excessive vibration, observe components (duct, dampers, fans, etc) during the transient, to the extent practical. If not practical to observe during the transient, verify after the transient that no damage has occurred.

R. Ifthe vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice.

S. Access to Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, may require entry into a confined space. Refer to TVA Safety Procedure 801.

T. Maintain the force gauge as close as possible to a perpendicular position to the axis of rotation to assure the most accurate results.

U. Operation of Containment Air Return Fans could create a local personnel hazard due to high noise levels, high air velocity, and the possibility of flying debris. Ensure personnel and loose equipment are clear of fan suction and discharge, and that personnel in the area are cognizant of expected fan start prior to starting an Air Return Fan.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 108 Data Package: Page__ of__ Date 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which they apply.

4.1 Preliminary Actions

[1] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision, including any change notices, and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision.

[2] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest revision of SMP-9.0, AND ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI.

[3] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A have been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance.

[4] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings have been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package.

Data Package: Page of Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[5] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), AND ENSURE that they will NOT adversely affect the test performance.

A. SubSection 6.1 B. SubSection 6.2 C. SubSection 6.3 D. SubSection 6.4 E. SubSection 6.5 F. SubSection 6.6 G. SubSection 6.7 H. SubSection 6.8

Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[6] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCNs),

Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCRs) or Temporary Alterations (TAs) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND ATTACH documentation of DCNs, EDCRs, and TAs that were reviewed to the data package.

A. SubSection 6.1 B. SubSection 6.2 C. SubSection 6.3 D. SubSection 6.4 E. SubSection 6.5 F. SubSection 6.6 G. SubSection 6.7 H. SubSection 6.8

[7] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test.

A. SubSection 6.1 B. SubSection 6.2 C. SubSection 6.3 D. SubSection 6.4 E. SubSection 6.5 F. SubSection 6.6 G. SubSection 6.7 H. SubSection 6.8

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[8] ENSURE Work Order that center-punches a reference mark on the first damper blade arm of Backdraft Dampers 2-BKD-30-550 and 2-BKD-30-543 is complete, AND RECORD the distance measured in the Work Order from the center-punch dimple to the center line of the first blade axle in Data Sheets 1 & 2.

WO No:

[9] ENSURE GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance, has been submitted to the JTG for concurrence that it adequately satisfies the requirements of this instruction.

JTG Meeting No:

[10] ATTACH completed GTM-05 HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E to this instruction.

[11] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with U2 Operations for impact to the test performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required.

[12] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations.

[13] REVIEW preventive maintenance records for components with the scope of this test, AND VERIFY no conditions exist that will impact test performance.

Data Package: Page - of Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[14] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance.

A. SubSection 6.1 B. SubSection 6.2 C. SubSection 6.3 D. SubSection 6.4 E. SubSection 6.5 F. SubSection 6.6 G. SubSection 6.7 A. SubSection 6.8

[15] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.

A. SubSection 6.1 B. SubSection 6.2 C. SubSection 6.3 D. SubSection 6.4 E. SubSection 6.5 F. SubSection 6.6 G. SubSection 6.7 H. SubSection 6.8

[16] ENSURE communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 108 Data Package: Page__ of Date 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies

[1] OBTAIN the following M&TE or equivalent, AND COMPLETE the following table:

MINIMUM REQUIRED M&TE ID CALIBRATION RANGE ACCURACY NUMBER DUE DATE Force Gauge 0-50 lbs +/-1% of range Digital Stopwatch N/A +/-0.1 sec/hr N/A*

Ammeter 600V AC +/-2.4% of reading (Clamp-on) 200A + 1 digit Current Probe 600V AC +/-2.4% of reading (Clamp-on) 200A 20mm/sec +/-5% of chart chart speed speed setting Torque Wrench 0-35 in-lbs +/-5% of scale

• Digital stopwatches are calibrated one time only and do not require recalibration.

[2] ENSURE the following are available:

A. Non-switched jumpers [2]

(for secondary contacts on 480V switchgear)

B. Switched jumpers [2]

C. Handheld jumper [1]

D. Wood wedges (Figure 1)

E. 7'x 7'Tarp F. Duct Tape

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 108 Data Package: Page__ of Date 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies (continued)

[3] ENSURE Chart Recorder is calibrated for an input of 0-200 Amps AC.

A. SubSection 6.7 B. SubSection 6.8

[4] VERIFY M&TE calibration due dates will support the completion of this test performance.

A. SubSection 6.1 B. SubSection 6.2 C. SubSection 6.3 D. SubSection 6.4 E. SubSection 6.5 F. SubSection 6.6 G. SubSection 6.7 H. SubSection 6.8

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.3 Field Preparations

[1] ENSURE the following systems are operable and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to support this test:

A. System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System B. System 30H, Lower Compartment Coolers C. System 301, Control Rod Drive Mechanism Coolers D. System 99, Reactor Protection System E. System 212, 480V Shutdown Power F. System 238, 120V AC Preferred Power G. System 261, Integrated Computer System (ICS)

NOTES

1) Any Annunciator points associated with 2-MUX-55-12 and 2-MUX-55-13 ONLY have master switches at the bottom of each terminal strip.

2) All points associated with 2-TBK-55-25, 2-TBK-55-26, 2-TBK-55-27, and 2-TBK-55-28 will not have individual switches or a master switch.

[2] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System, applicable TBK Switches are ON, the applicable Master Switches are ON, and window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator window:

0 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

[3] ENSURE the following ICS points are in scan:

A. HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A B. HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A C. XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A D. XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A E. XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B F. XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B G. XD9055 CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B H. XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A

[4] VERIFY there are no Unit 2 Phase B Containment Isolation Signals present by the OB window NOT LIT on either the TR-A or TR-B MASTER ISOL SIGNAL STATUS PNLs (Window 3 on 2-XX-55-6C and 2-XX-55-6D) on 2-M-6.

[5] ENSURE system is configured in accordance with Appendix C, Electrical Lineup.

[6] ENSURE the following Throttling Valves are NOT CLOSED:

• 2-THV-30-541, UPPER REACTOR COMPT HYDROGEN COLLECTION EXH

• 2-THV-30-542, UPPER REACTOR COMPT HYDROGEN COLLECTION EXH

[7] ENSURE any required ladders, scaffolding, and/or Confined Space Permits required to access Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, are in place.

A. SubSection 6.1 B. SubSection 6.7

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

[8] ENSURE Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) required for test performance has been (as required) filled, vented, placed in service, and recorded on Measuring and Test Equipment Log.

A. SubSection 6.1 B. SubSection 6.2 C. SubSection 6.3 D. SubSection 6.4 E. SubSection 6.7 F. SubSection 6.8

[91 INSTALL switched jumpers at the following locations, AND ENSURE that the jumper switches are OPEN (OFF).

[9.1] Labeled TS-1:

In SSPS Train-A Output Cabinet 2-R-48, at TB615, between Pt. 5 (Wire A 11OCC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire A 11OCCP).

(45N2676-4)

A. Jumper Installed 1st CV B. Jumper Switch OPEN (OFF)

[9.2] Labeled TS-2:

In SSPS Train-B Output Cabinet 2-R-51, at TB615, between Pt. 5 (Wire B29CC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire B29CCP).

(45N2677-4)

A. Jumper Installed 1st Cv B. Jumper Switch OPEN (OFF)

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.4 Approvals and Notifications

[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test.

Preoperational Startup Manager Date Signature

[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization.

Unit 2 US/SRO/SM Signature Date

[3] OBTAIN the Unit 1 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization.

Unit 1 US/SRO/SM Signature Date

Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTE Acceptance Criteria values have been adjusted to account for instrument inaccuracies.

See Appendix D for calculation basis.

A. Air Return Fan Backdraft Dampers

1. The Air Return Fan Backdraft Dampers operate correctly:

Backdraft Damper Indicating Lights Fails Closed Opening Torque

<89 in-lbs' 6.1[7]

2-BKD-30-550 6.1[8]A 6.1[6]

6.1[8]B 6.2[7]

2-BKD-30-543 6.2[8]A 6.2[6]

Required value is 92.4 in-lbs, reduced to 89 in-lbs'to account for instrument inaccuracies

2. The Hydrogen Collection Header Backdraft Dampers operate correctly:

Backdraft Damper Position When Position When Air Return Fan 2A-A is Running Air Return Fan 2B-B is Running 2-BKD-30-581 OPEN: 6.7[23] CLOSED: 6.8[23]

2-BKD-30-582 OPEN: 6.7[23] CLOSED: 6.8[23]

2-BKD-30-583 OPEN: 6.7[23] CLOSED: 6.8[23]

2-BKD-30-580 CLOSED: 6.7[23] OPEN: 6.8[23]

2-BKD-30-584 CLOSED: 6.7[23] OPEN: 6.8[23]

2-BKD-30-585 CLOSED: 6.7[23] OPEN: 6.8[23]

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

B. Air Return Fans

1. The Air Return Fans manual and automatic controls, interlocks, and indications operate correctly:

Fan Controls and Indications Can be isolated from outside (Main Control Room and/or remote) the Main Control Room 2-FAN-30-38 Section 6.3 6.3[17]

2-FAN-30-39 Section 6.4 6.4[17]

2. The Air Return Fans respond appropriately to Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) signals:

Phase B (0B) Containment Isolation Signal Fan Starts 9 min) +/- m Remains on after Motor Response Time is (8 to 10 mn) OB is reset < 9.5 seconds 2 after OB 2-FAN-30-38 6.3[14] 6.3[15] 6.7[16.6]

2-FAN-30-39 6.4[14] 6.4[15] 6.8[16.6]

2 Required value for motor response time is 10 seconds, reduced to 9.5 seconds to account for instrument inaccuracies.

3. The Air Return Fan motors can operate correctly during Design Basis Accident conditions:

Fan Design Density Motor Horsepower3 is < Motor Nameplate Horsepower 2-FAN-30-38 6.5[11]

2-FAN-30-39 6.6[11]

3 Nameplate HP = 100 HP, reduced to 94 HP to account for instrument inaccuracies

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

4. The Air Return Fan motors operate correctly with their suction dampers closed:

4 Fan Motor Running Amps are between 56 and 91 Amps 2-FAN-30-38 6.7[20]

2-FAN-30-39 6.8[20]

4 Required value is 54 to 94 Amps, margin reduced to 56 to 91 Amps to account for instrument inaccuracies

Data Package: Page of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

5. With an unloaded Ice Condenser, Air Return Fan 2A-A provides the required minimum air flows:

Air Flow (CFM) Step Total: 41,885 6.5[4]A Total Free: 5 39,000 6.5[6]

Total from Upper to Lower Compartment: 6 40,000 6.5[7]

Train A Containment Dome Hydrogen Collector: 1000 6.5[4]B Train A Rx Cavity Hydrogen Collector: 275 6.5[4]C Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collector: 25 6.5[4]E Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collector: 25 6.5[4]G Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collector: 40 6.5[4]H Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collector: 60 6.5[4]D Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collector: 85 6.5[4]F Steam Generator I Enclosure Hydrogen Collector: 275 6.5[4]J Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector: 275 6.5[4]M Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector: 275 6.5[4]N Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector: 275 6.5[4]1 Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collector: 7 137.5 6.5[4]K, 6.5[4]L Total from Dead-Ended Spaces: 8 1885 6.5[5]

5 Does not include air flow from any of the Hydrogen Collection Headers 6 Confirms Backdraft Damper does not impede airflow 7 The Pressurizer Enclosure has 2 Hydrogen Collection Header suctions, each with a design flow of 138 CFM.

8 Sum of air flows from Reactor Cavity, Accumulator Rms, Incore Inst Rm, and S/G & Pzr Enclusures.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

6. With an unloaded Ice Condenser, Air Return Fan 2B-B provides the required minimum air flows:

Air Flow (CFM) Step Total: 41,885 6.6[4]A Total Free: 9 39,000 6.6[6]

Total from Upper to Lower Compartment:10 40,000 6.6[7]

Train B Containment Dome Hydrogen Collector: 1000 6.6[4]B Train B Rx Cavity Hydrogen Collector: 275 6.6[4]C Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collector: 25 6.6[4]E Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collector: 25 6.614]G Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collector: 40 6.6[4]H Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collector: 60 6.614]D Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collector: 85 6.6[4]F Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector: 275 6.6[4]J Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector: 275 6.6[4]M Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector: 275 6.6[4]N Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collector: 275 6.6[411 Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collector:1 1 137.5 6.6[4]K, 6.6[4]L Total from Dead-Ended Spaces: 12 1885 6.6[5]

9 Does not include air flow from any of the Hydrogen Collection Headers 10 Confirms Backdraft Damper does not impede airflow 11 The Pressurizer Enclosure has 2 Hydrogen Collection Header suctions, each with a design flow of 138 CFM.

12 Sum of air flows from Reactor Cavity, Accumulator Rms, Incore Inst Rm, and S/G & Pzr Enclusures..

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTES

1) The Sections of this test shall be performed per the flow chart below:

2) Sections 6.1 through 6.4 shall be performed first, and in any order, followed by Sections 6.7 and 6.8 (in any order). Sections 6.5 and 6.6 may be performed at any time during this instruction. Unless otherwise noted, steps within each section are to be performed in the order written.

3) Air Return Fan Handswitches in the Main Control Room spring return to A AUTO from START and STOP positions.

4) Air Return Fans and Dampers may have status indication lights at either or both of two locations in the Main Control Room

• On 2-M-9 at/near their associated Handswitch

• On 2-M-6, on Train A (2-XX-55-6E) or Train B (2-XX-55-6F) CONTAINMENT ISOL STATUS PNL, hereafter abbreviated in this instruction as CISP.

5) Time measurements are taken in minutes and seconds and recorded in "mm:ss" format, where "mm" represents minutes, and "ss" represents seconds.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 108 Data Package: Page__ of Date 6.1 Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Functional Test

l. .1 WARNING Access to Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT

[DAMPER, may require entry into a confined space. Refer to TVA Safety Procedure 801.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.1 have been completed.

[2] VERIFY the following (locally):

• Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A,

[Lwr Cntmt/734 AZ 2500 (Acc Rm 3)], is NOT RUNNING

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, [Upr Cntmt/745 AZ 2500],

is CLOSED

[3] ENSURE no debris is present on top of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, which may fall through when damper is opened and impede fan operation.

[4] ALIGN force gauge perpendicular to center-punch mark on first blade arm of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER.

(Refer to Data Sheet 1.)

[5] PUSH force gauge with steady force, AND RECORD the force required to unseat Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, on Data Sheet 1.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Functional Test (continued)

[6] CALCULATE the torque required to unseat 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, using Data Sheet 1, AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:

Unseating Torque: in-lbs Acc Crit: 89.0 in-lb maximum

[7] MANUALLY OPEN Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY Status Light 2-XI-30-72, DAMPER ZS-30-72, on 2-M-9: (Acc Crit)

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light ON

[8] RELEASE Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit)

A. Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550 CLOSES B. Status Light 2-XI-30-72, DAMPER ZS-30-72, on 2-M-9:

• Green Light ON

• Red Light OFF

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.2 Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Functional Test

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.2 have been completed.

[2] VERIFY the following (locally):

• Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B,

[Lwr Cntmt/742 AZ 2970 (Acc Rm 4)], is NOT RUNNING.

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, [Upr Cntmt/757 AZ 2970],

is CLOSED.

[3] ENSURE no debris is present on top of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, which may fall through when damper is opened and impede fan operation.

[4] ALIGN force gauge perpendicular to center-punch mark on first blade arm of Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER.

(Refer to Data Sheet 2.)

[5] PUSH force gauge with steady force, AND RECORD the force required to unseat Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, on Data Sheet 2.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 108 Data Package: Page of Date 6.2 Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Functional Test (continued)

[6] CALCULATE the torque required to unseat 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, using Data Sheet 2, AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:

Unseating Torque: in-lbs Acc Crit: 89.0 in-lb maximum

[7] MANUALLY OPEN Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY Status Light 2-XI-30-73, DAMPER ZS-30-73, on 2-M-9: (Acc Crit)

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light ON

[8] RELEASE Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit)

A. Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543 CLOSES B. Status Light 2-XI-30-73, DAMPER ZS-30-73, on 2-M-9:

• Green Light ON

" Red Light OFF

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.3 have been completed.

[2] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C].

[3] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), AND INSTALL temporary jumpers between the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38.

(Drawing 6947D61)

[3.1] Labeled J-1:

Between Pin 3TP (Wire Al 10CCC) and Pin 13.

1st CV

[3.2] Labeled J-2:

Between Pin 6TP (Wire All 0CTT) and pin 9 (Wire A11OCTI1).

1st CV

[4] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs.

M&TE:

1st CV

[5] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the TEST position.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 108 Data Package: Page__ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[6] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RTN FAN 2A-A TEST CLOSE switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38):

" Green Light OFF

" Red Light ON

" Red Flag at Breaker Panel

[7] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RTN FAN 2A-A TEST TRIP switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38):

• Green Light ON

" Red Light OFF

" Green Flag at Breaker Panel

[8] ENSURE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 6A], is in AVAIL.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[9] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in START, AND VERIFY the following:

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A:

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light ON

• White Light OFF B. On 2-XX-55-6E, Train A CISP, Window 102, AIR RET A FAN-30-38, [2-M-6]:

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light ON C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 10C:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light OFF.

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light ON.

D. ICS Points:

• HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L

" XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF

• XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is RUNNING

" XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL

Data Package: Page - of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[10] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in STOP, AND VERIFY the following:

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A:

• Green Light ON

• Red Light OFF

• White Light OFF B. On 2-XX-55-6E, Train A CISP, Window 102, AIR RET A FAN-30-38:

" Green Light ON

• Red Light OFF C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1 -A, Compartment 10C:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON.

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF.

D. ICS Points:

• HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L

• XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF 0 XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN

• XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL

[11] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A,

[2-M-9], in A AUTO.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 37 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

NOTE The following steps will simulate a Train A Phase B Containment Isolation Signal and Phase B signal reset by closing and opening a test switch (TS-1) installed in Step 4.3[9.1]

in SSPS Train-A Output Cabinet 2-R-48.

[12] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-1 in the CLOSED (ON) position, AND START the stopwatch.

[13] STOP the stopwatch when Air Return Fan 2A-A starts, as indicated by Red Light ON at 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A.

[14] RECORD the elapsed time indicated on the stopwatch, AND VERIFY it meets Acceptance Criteria:

(mm:ss)

Acc Crit: 9:00 (8:00 - 10:00)

[15] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-1 in the OPEN (OFF) position, AND VERIFY on 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A: (Acc Crit)

" Green Light OFF

" Red Light ON

" White Light OFF

[16] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A in ISOL.

2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[17] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit)

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A:

• Green Light OFF

" Red Light OFF

• White Light OFF B. On 2-XX-55-6E, Train A CISP, Window 102, AIR RET A FAN-30-38:

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light OFF C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 1OC:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON.

" Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF.

D. ICS Points:

• HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L

" XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF

• XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN

" XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is ISOLATE

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[18] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, to START, AND VERIFY the following:

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A:

" Green Light OFF

" Red Light OFF

• White Light OFF B. At 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 1OC:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON.

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF.

[19] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across Terminal Points T1 and M1 (wire A 11OCC2 and Al 10CC1) of Time Delay Relay 2-02-30-38, RELAY FOR CNTMT AIR RET FAN 2A-A, (TDCI), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 6A]. (Drawing 618F938) 1st Cv

[20] VERIFY the following on 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 1OC:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON.

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[21] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A in AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following:

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A:

• Green Light ON

• Red Light OFF

" White Light OFF B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR.

C. Motor Tripout Buzzer [2-M-2] is OFF.

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green).

[22] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A in ISOL.

[23] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38).

[24] REMOVE front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38).

[25] PLACE Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), Overload Trip Switch (OTS) mechanical lock-in lever (DTA plunger) to the TRIP position.

[26] INSTALL front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38).

1st CV

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[27] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the TEST position.

[28] VERIFY the following:

A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, is OFF.

B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR.

C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF.

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green).

[29] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-38A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A to AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following:

A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, is ON.

B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM.

C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is ON.

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM (Red).

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 42 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[30] RESET the OTS by:

PLACING Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in STOP, OR PRESSING the OTS Reset button on the front of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), AND VERIFY the following:

A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A is OFF.

B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR.

C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF.

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green).

[31] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the CONNECTED position, AND VERIFY the following ICS Points:

" HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is NOT P-L

" XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR ON XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN

• XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL

[32] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), to the TEST position.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 108 Data Package: Page of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[33] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, to START, AND VERIFY the following:

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A:

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light ON

[34] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper at TB 10C2, between Pt. 9 and Pt. 10 (wire All OCTP and Al 1 OCT1) in 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 1OC.

(Drawing 6947D61) 1 st Cv

[35] VERIFY at 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A, Compartment 1OC:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Green Light ON.

" Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, Red Light OFF.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[36] RECORD the As-Found Position of the following Handswitches on 2-M-9, AND IF any of the following Handswitches are found in STOP PULL TO LOCK, THEN PLACE that Handswitch in A AUTO.

A. 2-HS-30-74A, LWR CNTMT CLR A-A As-Found:

As Left:

B. 2-HS-30-77A, LWR CNTMT CLR C-A As-Found:

As Left:

C. 2-HS-30-83A, CRDM CLR A-A As-Found:

As Left:

D. 2-HS-30-88A, CRDM CLR C-A As-Found:

As Left:

[37] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A, in STOP PULL TO LOCK, AND VERIFY the following ICS Points:

• HD2030, VENT SYS HS-38A, 88A, 74A, 77A, 83A, is PULLT-L

• XD2036, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is PWR OFF

• XD2037, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is NOT RUN

• XD9107, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A, is AVAIL

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[38] ENSURE the following Handswitches on 2-M-9 are returned to their As-Found position recorded in Step 6.3[36].

(The As-Left position recorded in this step should match the As-Found position recorded in step 6.3[36].)

A. 2-HS-30-74A, LWR CNTMT CLR A-A As-Found:

As Left:

B. 2-HS-30-77A, LWR CNTMT CLR C-A As-Found:

As Left:

C. 2-HS-30-83A, CRDM CLR A-A As-Found:

As Left:

D. 2-HS-30-88A, CRDM CLR C-A As-Found:

As Left:

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 108 Data Package: Page of Date 6.3 Air Return Fan 2A-A Logic (continued)

[39] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38).

[40] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), AND REMOVE the temporary jumpers from the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38). (Drawing 6947D61)

[40.1] Labeled J-1, installed in step 6.3[3.1]:

from between Pin 3TP and Pin 13 1st Cv

[40.2] Labeled J-2, installed in step 6.3[3.2]:

from between Pin 6TP and Pin 9 1st Cv

[41] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs.

M&TE:

1st Cv

[42] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38) to the DISCONNECTED position.

[43] VERIFY successful completion of this Section 6.3. (Acc Crit)

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 47 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.4 have been completed.

[2] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C].

[3] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), AND INSTALL temporary jumpers between the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39.

(Drawing 6947D87)

[3.1] Labeled J-3:

Between Pin 3TP (Wire B29CCC) and Pin 13.

1st Cv

[3.2] Labeled J-4:

Between Pin 6TP (Wire B29CTT) and Pin 9 (Wire B29CT1).

1st Cv

[4] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs.

M&TE:

1st Cv

[5] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the TEST position.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[6] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B TEST CLOSE switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39):

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light ON

• Red Flag at Breaker Panel

[7] PRESS the CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B TEST TRIP switch at 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C, AND VERIFY the following at Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39):

• Green Light ON

• Red Light OFF

• Green Flag at Breaker Panel

[8] ENSURE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 6A], is in AVAIL.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[9] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, in START, AND VERIFY the following:

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A:

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light ON

• White Light OFF B. On 2-XX-55-6F, Train B CISP, Window 102, AIR RET B FAN-30-39, [2-M-6]:

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light ON C. At 480V Shutdown Board 282-B, Compartment 9C:

" Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light OFF.

" Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light ON.

D. ICS Points:

" HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L

" XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF

• XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is RUNNING

" XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[10] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B in STOP, AND VERIFY the following:

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A:

• Green Light ON

• Red Light OFF

• White Light OFF B. On 2-XX-55-6F, Train B CISP, Window 102, AIR RET B FAN-30-39, [2-M-6]:

" Green Light ON

• Red Light OFF C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON.

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF.

D. ICS Points:

• HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L

• XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF

" XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN

• XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL

[11] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B,

[2-M-9], in A AUTO.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

NOTE The following steps will simulate a Train B Phase B Containment Isolation Signal and Phase B signal reset by closing and opening a test switch (TS-2) installed in Step 4.3[9.2]

in SSPS Train-B Output Cabinet 2-R-51.

[12] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-2 in the CLOSED (ON) position, AND START the stopwatch.

[13] STOP the stopwatch when Air Return Fan 2B-B starts, as indicated by Red Light ON at 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B.

[14] RECORD the elapsed time indicated on the stopwatch, AND VERIFY it meets Acceptance Criteria:

(mm:ss)

Acc Crit: 9:00 (8:00 - 10:00)

[15] PLACE Jumper Switch TS-2 in the OPEN (OFF) position, AND VERIFY on 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B: (Acc Crit)

• Green Light OFF

" Red Light ON

• White Light OFF

[16] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B in ISOL.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[17] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit)

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B:

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light OFF

" White Light OFF B. On 2-XX-55-6F, Train B CISP, Window 102, AIR RET B FAN-30-39, [2-M-6]:

• Green Light OFF

" Red Light OFF C. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON.

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF.

D. ICS Points:

• HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L

• XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF

" XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN

" XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is ISOLATE

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[18] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, to START, AND VERIFY the following:

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A:

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light OFF

• White Light OFF B. At 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON.

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF.

[19] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across Terminal Points T1 and M1 (wire B29CC2 and B29CC1) of Time Delay Relay 2-02-30-39, RELAY FOR CNTMT AIR RET FAN 2B-B, (TDCI), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 6A].

(Drawing 6947D85) 1st Cv

[20] VERIFY the following on 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON.

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 54 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[21] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B in AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following:

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B:

• Green Light ON

• Red Light OFF

• White Light OFF B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR.

C. Motor Tripout Buzzer [2-M-2] is OFF.

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green).

[22] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B in ISOL.

[23] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the REMOVED position.

[24] REMOVE front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39).

[25] PLACE Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39) Overload Trip Switch (OTS) mechanical lock-in lever (DTA plunger) to the TRIP position.

[26] INSTALL front cover of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39).

1st CV

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[27] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the TEST position.

[28] VERIFY the following:

A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, is OFF.

B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR.

C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF.

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green).

[29] PLACE Transfer Switch 2-XS-30-39A, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B to AVAIL, AND VERIFY the following:

A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, is ON.

B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM.

C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is ON.

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is in ALARM (Red).

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[30] RESET the OTS by:

PLACING Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, in STOP, OR PRESSING the OTS Reset button on the front of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), AND VERIFY the following:

A. White Light on Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A is OFF.

B. 2-XA-55-6E-138E, PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is CLEAR.

C. Motor Tripout Buzzer is OFF.

D. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 138-E PANEL M-9 MOTOR TRIPOUT, is NORMAL (Green).

[31] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the CONNECTED position, AND VERIFY the following ICS Points:

• HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is NOT P-L

• XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR ON

• XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN

" XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL

[32] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), to the TEST position.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 57 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[33] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, to START, AND VERIFY the following:

A. On Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A:

• Green Light OFF

• Red Light ON

[34] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper at TB 9C2, between Pt. 9 and Pt. 10 (wire B29CTP and B29CT1) in 480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2B2-B, Compartment 9C.

(Drawing 6947D87) 1st Cv

[35] VERIFY at 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B, Compartment 9C:

• Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Green Light ON.

" Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, Red Light OFF.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[36] RECORD the As-Found Position of the following Handswitches on 2-M-9, AND IF any of the following Handswitches are found in STOP PULL TO LOCK, THEN PLACE that Handswitch in A AUTO.

A. 2-HS-30-75A, LWR CNTMT CLR B-B As-Found:

As Left:

B. 2-HS-30-78A, LWR CNTMT CLR D-B As-Found:

As Left:

C. 2-HS-30-92A, CRDM CLR B-B As-Found:

As Left:

D. 2-HS-30-80A, CRDM CLR D-B As-Found:

As Left:

[37] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B, in STOP PULL TO LOCK, AND VERIFY the following ICS Points:

" HD2064, VENT SYS HS-39A, 78A, 75A, 92A, 80A, is PULLT-L

" XD2091, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is PWR OFF

" XD2092, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is NOT RUN

• XD9055, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B, is AVAIL

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[38] RETURN the following Handswitches on 2-M-9 to their As-Found position recorded in Step 6.4[36].

(The As-Left position recorded in this step should match the As-Found position recorded in step 6.4[36].)

A. 2-HS-30-75A, LWR CNTMT CLR B-B As-Found:

As Left:

B. 2-HS-30-78A, LWR CNTMT CLR D-B As-Found:

As Left:

C. 2-HS-30-92A, CRDM CLR B-B As-Found:

As Left:

D. 2-HS-30-80A, CRDM CLR D-B As-Found:

As Left:

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 60 of 108 Data Package: Page__ of Date 6.4 Air Return Fan 2B-B Logic (continued)

[39] RACK OUT Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39).

[40] REMOVE secondary contact cover on the top rear of 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), AND REMOVE the temporary jumpers from the following stationary secondary contacts of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39). (Drawing 6947D87)

[40.1] Labeled J-3, installed in Step Error! Reference source not found.:

from between Pin 3TP and Pin 13.

1 st Cv

[40.2] Labeled J-4, installed in Step Error! Reference source not found.:

from between Pin 6TP and Pin 9.

1st Cv

[41] REPLACE secondary contact cover on the top rear of Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), THEN TORQUE between 25 and 35 in-lbs.

M&TE:

1st Cv

[42] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39) to the DISCONNECTED position.

[43] VERIFY successful completion of this Section 6.4. (Acc Crit)

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.5 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE motor operating data and air flow measurements (including Hydrogen Collection Headers) for Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, has been performed using GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance.

[3] ENSURE completed GTM-05 data sheets are attached.

NOTE The remaining steps in Section 6.5 record and verify data from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance Package for system 30E and use that data to perform calculations.

[4] RECORD the following air flow measurements, AND VERIFY they meet acceptance criteria A. Air Return Fan 2A-A total air flow:

CFM Acc Crit: 41,885 CFM minimum B. Train A Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header air flow:

CFM Acc Crit: 1000 CFM minimum C. Train A Reactor Cavity Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-THV-30-542):

CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)

D. Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1112):

CFM Acc Crit: 60 CFM minimum E. Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1113):

CFM Acc Crit: 25 CFM minimum F. Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1114):

CFM Acc Crit: 85 CFM minimum G. Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1115):

CFM Acc Crit: 25 CFM minimum H. Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1116):

CFM Acc Crit: 40 CFM minimum

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)

1. Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1117):

CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum J. Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1118):

CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum K. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1119):

CFM Acc Crit: 137.5 CFM minimum L. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1120):

CFM Acc Crit: 137.5 CFM minimum M. Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1121):

CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum N. Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1122):

CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)

[5] DETERMINE the total air flow circulated from the Lower Compartment dead end spaces by summing the measured flow totals recorded in Step 6.5[4]C through Step 6.5[4]N using Data Sheet 5 (XHDE), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria CFM Acc Crit: 1885 CFM minimum

[6] DETERMINE the total free air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (not including the Train-A Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header) using Data Sheet 5, (FF), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:

CFM Acc Crit: 39,000 CFM minimum

[7] DETERMINE the total air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (including the Train-A Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header) using Data Sheet 5, (XFUL), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:

CFM Acc Crit: 40,000 CFM minimum

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 65 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.5 Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance (continued)

[8] RECORD motor current and voltage readings for Motor 2-MTR-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, from completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 5.

[9] RECORD atmospheric conditions during testing of Air Return Fan 2A-A from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 5.

[10] CALCULATE the Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD) using Data Sheet 5.

[11] RECORD the Air Return Fan 2A-A HPDD, AND VERIFY it is less than or equal to the Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Nameplate Horsepower.

HP Acc Crit: 94 HP maximum

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 66 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.6 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE motor operating data and air flow measurements (including Hydrogen Collection Headers) for Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, has been performed using GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance.

[3] ENSURE completed GTM-05 data sheets are attached.

NOTE The remaining steps in Section 6.6 record and verify data from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance Package for system 30E and use that data to perform calculations.

[4] RECORD the following air flow measurements, AND VERIFY they meet acceptance criteria A. Air Return Fan 2B-B total air flow:

CFM Acc Crit: 41,885 CFM minimum B. Train B Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header air flow:

CFM Acc Crit: 1000 CFM minimum C. Train B Reactor Cavity Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-THV-30-541):

CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum

Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)

D. Accumulator Room 4 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1112):

CFM Acc Crit: 60 CFM minimum E. Accumulator Room 1 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1113):

CFM Acc Crit: 25 CFM minimum F. Incore Instrument Room Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1114):

CFM Acc Crit: 85 CFM minimum G. Accumulator Room 2 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1115):

CFM Acc Crit: 25 CFM minimum H. Accumulator Room 3 Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1116):

CFM Acc Crit: 40 CFM minimum

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 68 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)

I. Steam Generator 4 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1117):

CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum J. Steam Generator 1 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1118):

CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum K. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1119):

CFM Acc Crit: 137.5 CFM minimum L. Pressurizer Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1120):

CFM Acc Crit: 137.5 CFM minimum M. Steam Generator 2 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1121):

CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum N. Steam Generator 3 Enclosure Hydrogen Collection Header air flow (2-OR-30-1122):

CFM Acc Crit: 275 CFM minimum

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 69 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)

[5] DETERMINE the total air flow circulated from the Lower Compartment dead end spaces by summing the measured flow totals recorded in Step 6.6[4]C through Step 6.6[4]N using Data Sheet 6 (XHDE), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria CFM Acc Crit: 1885 CFM minimum

[6] DETERMINE the total free air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (not including the Train-B Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header) using Data Sheet 6, (FF), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:

CFM Acc Crit: 39,000 CFM minimum

[7] DETERMINE the total air flow transferred from the Upper Compartment to the Lower Compartment (including the Train-B Containment Dome Hydrogen Collection Header) using Data Sheet 6, (XFUL), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:

CFM Acc Crit: 40,000 CFM minimum

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.6 Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance (continued)

[8] RECORD motor current and voltage readings for Motor 2-MTR-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, from completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 6.

[9] RECORD atmospheric conditions during testing of Air Return Fan 2B-B from the completed GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance package for system 30E in Data Sheet 6.

[10] CALCULATE the Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD) using Data Sheet 6.

[11] RECORD the Air Return Fan 2B-B HPDD, AND VERIFY it is less than or equal to the Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Nameplate Horsepower.

HP Acc Crit: 94 HP maximum

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 71 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.7 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A,

[2-M-9], is in STOP PULL TO LOCK.

[3] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-38, AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A (2-FAN-30-38), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 10C], to the CONNECTED position.

r_

WARNING Access to Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, may require entry into a confined space. Refer to TVA Safety Procedure 801.

[4] VERIFY the following:

• Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, is NOT RUNNING

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, is CLOSED

Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[5] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions:

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A,

[Lwr Cntmt/736 AZ 2490 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A,

[Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 2490 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A,

[Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 2490 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B,

[Lwr Cntmt/744 AZ 2950 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B,

[Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 2980 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B,

[Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 2980 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED

[6] BLOCK Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER in the CLOSED position by placing wood wedges (Figure 1) between the damper counterweights and the grating lip.

[7] COVER the damper opening with a 7' x 7' tarp, AND SECURE the tarp in place with duct tape.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 73 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[8] OPEN the back of Panel 10 on 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A to access Compartment 1OC.

[9] ENSURE clamp-on current probe is connected to recorder.

[10] ATTACH clamp-on current probe and recorder to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4875A.

1st Cv

[11] ENSURE chart recorder is set to a chart speed of 20mm/second or greater.

[12] NOTIFY Personnel in Accumulator Room 3 of expected Air Return Fan 2A-A start.

[13] ENSURE that personnel and loose equipment are clear of Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, suction and discharge.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

NOTE Step 6.7[14] and 6.7[15] are to be performed concurrently

[14] START the recorder.

[15] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A to START, AND START Stopwatch.

[16] WHEN current indications stabilize, THEN

[16.1] STOP the recorder.

[16.2] LABEL the point where Air Return Fan 2A-A started.

[16.3] LABEL the point where amperage stabilized.

[16.4] LABEL the recording as:

2-PTI-030E-01 Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Response Time Chart Speed: mm/sec Time: Date

[16.5] ATTACH recording to this instruction.

[16.6] DETERMINE the response time for Motor 2-MTR-30-38, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, using Data Sheet 3.

Response Time: seconds Acc Crit: 9.5 seconds maximum

[17] REMOVE the clamp-on current probe and recorder from Cable 2PL4875A.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 75 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[18] ATTACH clamp-on ammeter to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4875A.

1st Cv

[19] MEASURE current through each of the three phase power leads on Cable 2PL4875A using a clamp-on ammeter, AND RECORD current readings on Data Sheet 3.

[20] CALCULATE the average motor current for Motor 2-MTR-30-38, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, using Data Sheet 3 (IAvG), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:

Average Current: Amps Acc Crit: 56.0 - 91.0 Amps

[21] REMOVE the clamp-on ammeter from Cable 2PL4875A.

1st CV

[22] CLOSE the back of Panel 10 on 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.

1st CV

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 76 of 108 Data Package: Page - of Date 6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[23] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions: (Acc Crit)

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is OPEN

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A, is OPEN

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is OPEN

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is CLOSED

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B, is CLOSED

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is CLOSED

[24] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, has operated continuously for at least 15 minutes as indicated on Stopwatch, THEN

[24.1] STOP Stopwatch.

[24.2] PLACE 2-HS-30-38A, AIR RETURN FAN A-A to STOP.

[24.3] RECORD Air Return Fan 2A-A run time indicated on Stopwatch.

Fan 2A-A Run Time (mm:ss):

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 77 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.7 Operation of Air Return Fan 2A-A with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[25] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-38, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A, has coasted to a stop, THEN REMOVE Duct tape, tarp and wedges from Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-550, AIR RETURN FAN A-A BACKDRAFT DAMPER.

1 st Cv

[26] REMOVE temporary test switch labeled TS-1 (installed in step 4.3[9.1]) from between Terminals 5 and 6 at Terminal Strip TB615, located at Panel 2-R-48, SSPS TRAIN A OUTPUT CABINET.

1st Cv

[27] CALCULATE the total response time for Air Return Fan 2A-A (tRA) using Data Sheet 7.

(mm:ss)

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 78 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for SubSection 6.8 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B,

[2-M-9], is in STOP PULL TO LOCK.

[3] RACK Breaker 2-BKR-30-39, AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B (2-FAN-30-39), [480V SHUTDOWN BOARD 2A1-A, Compartment 9C], to the CONNECTED position.

[4] VERIFY the following:

" Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, is NOT RUNNING

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, is CLOSED

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[5] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions:

Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A,

[Lwr Cntmt/736 AZ 2490 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A,

[Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 2490 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A,

[Lwr Cntmt/741 AZ 2490 (Acc Rm 3)], is CLOSED

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B,

[Lwr Cntmt/744 AZ 2950 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B,

[Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 2980 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B,

[Lwr Cntmt/753 AZ 2980 (Acc Rm 4)], is CLOSED

[6] BLOCK Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER, in the CLOSED position by placing wood wedges (Figure 1) between the damper counterweights and the grating lip.

[7] COVER the damper opening with a 7' x 7' tarp, AND SECURE the tarp in place with duct tape.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

WARNING The following steps require taking current readings in close proximity to energized equipment.

[8] OPEN the back of Panel 9 on 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B to access Compartment 9C.

[9] ENSURE clamp-on current probe is connected to recorder.

[10] ATTACH clamp-on current probe and recorder to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4885B.

1st Cv

[11] ENSURE chart recorder is set to a chart speed of 20mm/second or greater.

[12] NOTIFY Personnel in Accumulator Room 4 of expected Air Return Fan 2B-B start.

[13] ENSURE that personnel and loose equipment are clear of Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, suction and discharge.

NOTE Step 6.8[14] and 6.8[15] are to be performed concurrently

[14] START the recorder.

[15] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B to START, AND START Stopwatch.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 108 Data Package: Page of Date 6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[16] WHEN current indications stabilize, THEN

[16.1] STOP the recorder.

[16.2] LABEL the point where Air Return Fan 28-B started.

[16.3] LABEL the point where amperage stabilized.

[16.4] LABEL the recording as:

2-PTI-030E-01 Air Return Fan 28-B Motor Response Time Chart Speed: mm/sec Time: Date

[16.5] ATTACH recording to this instruction.

[16.6] DETERMINE the response time for Motor 2-MTR-30-39, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 28-B, using Data Sheet 4.

Response Time: seconds Acc Crit: 9.5 seconds maximum

[17] REMOVE the clamp on current probe and recorder from Cable 2PL4885B.

[18] ATTACH clamp-on ammeter to A-Phase power lead of Cable 2PL4885B.

1st CV

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[19] MEASURE current through each of the three phase power leads on Cable 2PL4885B using a clamp-on ammeter, AND RECORD current readings on Data Sheet 4.

[20] CALCULATE the average motor current for Motor 2-MTR-30-39, CONTAINMENT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, using Data Sheet 4 (IAVG), AND VERIFY it meets acceptance criteria:

Average Current: Amps Acc Crit: 56.0 - 91.0 Amps

[21] REMOVE the clamp-on ammeter from Cable 2PL4885B.

1st CV

[22] CLOSE the back of Panel 9 on 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.

1st CV

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 83 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[23] VERIFY the following Hydrogen collector Backdraft Damper positions: (Acc Crit)

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-581, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is CLOSED

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-582, AIR RETURN FAN CROSSTIE HEADER A-A, is CLOSED

" Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-583, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER A-A, is CLOSED

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-580, REACTOR CAVITY H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is OPEN

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-584, AIR RETURN CROSSTIE HEADER B-B, is OPEN

• Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-585, UPPER COMPARTMENT H2 COLLECTION HEADER B-B, is OPEN

[24] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, has operated continuously for at least 15 minutes as indicated on Stopwatch, THEN

[24.1] STOP Stopwatch.

[24.2] PLACE 2-HS-30-39A, AIR RETURN FAN B-B to STOP.

[24.3] RECORD Air Return Fan 2B-B run time indicated on Stopwatch.

Fan 2B-B Run Time (mm:ss):

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 84 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.8 Operation of Air Return Fan 2B-B with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed (continued)

[25] WHEN Fan 2-FAN-30-39, CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B, has coasted to a stop, THEN REMOVE Duct tape, tarp and wedges from Backdraft Damper 2-BKD-30-543, AIR RETURN FAN B-B BACKDRAFT DAMPER.

1st Cv

[26] REMOVE temporary test switch labeled TS-2 (installed in step 4.3[9.2]) between Terminals 5 and 6 at Terminal Strip TB615 located at Panel 2-R-51, SSPS TRAIN B OUTPUT CABINET.

1st Cv

[27] CALCULATE the total response time for Air Return Fan 2B-B (tRB) using Data Sheet 7.

(mm:ss)

Data Package: Page _ of Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance.

[1] REMOVE the switched jumpers installed in step 4.3[9] at the following locations:

[1.1] Labeled TS-l:

In SSPS Train-A Output Cabinet 2-R-48, at TB615, between Pt. 5 (Wire Al 1 OCC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire A110CCP). (45N2676-4) 1st Cv

[1.2] Labeled TS-2:

In SSPS Train-B Output Cabinet 2-R-51, at TB615, between Pt. 5 (Wire B29CC3) and Pt. 6 (Wire B29CCP).

(45N2677-4) 1st Cv

[2] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, AND RECORD the results on Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log.

[3] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO/SM of the test completion and system alignment.

[4] NOTIFY the Unit 1 US/SRO/SM of the test completion and system alignment.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 108 Data Package: Page _ of Date 8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package.

B. Non-QA Records None

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 87 of 108 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)

TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Data Package: Page _ of Date NOTES

1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.

2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact.

PROCEDURE/ IMPACT INITIAL AND DATE.

INSTRUCTION Yes/No (N/A for no change)

GTM-05 FSAR Section 6.8 Table 14.2-1 Sh 38 & 39 2-TSD-30E-1 Unit 2 Tech Specs Section 3.3.2 Section 3.6.10 Unit 2 Tech Reqs Manual Section 3.3.2 2-SI-99-200 WBN2-30RB-4002 G-37 MI-57.002

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 88 of 108 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)

TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Data Package: Page _ of Date NOTES

1) Additional Copies of this table may be made as necessary.

2) These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition existed.

ITEM TEMPORARY CONDITION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL No. DESCRIPTION Step Performed By/Date Step Returned By/Date No. CV By/Date No. CV By/Date

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 89 of 108 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1)

ELECTRICAL LINEUP Data Package: Page _ of Date IDENTIFICATION LOCATION NOMENCLATURE POSITION VERIFIED BY:

INITIAL 2-HS-30-38A 2-M-9 CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A P STOP TOL PULL TO LOCK 2-HS-30-39A 2-M-9 CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B P STOP TOL PULL TO LOCK 2-XS-30-38A 480V SD BD 2A1-A CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A AVAIL Compt 6A 2-XS-30-39A 480V SD BD 212-B CNTMT AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B AVAIL Compt 6A 2-BKR-30-38 480V SD BD 2A1-A AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A DISCONNECTED Compt 10C (2-FAN-30-38) 2-BKR-30-39 480V SD BD 282-B AIR RETURN FAN 28-B DISCONNECTED Compt 9C (2-FAN-30-39) 2-FU-275-R76/19 2-R-76 PNL M-9 MTR TRIPOUT ANN SEP INSTALLED*

2-FU-275-R76/110 Row I, Fuses 9 & 10 RELAY 2-FU-275-R76/113 2-R-76 PNL M-9 MTR TRIPOUT ANN SEP 2-FU-275-R76/114 Row I, Fuses 13 & 14 RELAY 120V AC PREFERRED 2-BKR-238-1/19 POWER BOARD 2, PANEL 2-M-9 IND LIGHTS ON BKR 19 120V AC VITAL INSTR 2-BKR-235-1/7 POWER BOARD 2-1 AUX RELAY RACK 2-R-76 BUS A ON BKR 7 K120V AC VITAL INSTR AUX RELAY RACK C BUS TO 2-BKR-235-1/8 POWER BOARD 2-1 PNL 2-R-76ON BKR 8 120V AC VITAL INSTR 2-BKR-235-2/6 POWER BOARD 2-11 AUX RELAY RACK 2-R-76 BUS B ON BKR 6

• When installing fuses with actuators, ensure that the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation and visual indication.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 90 of 108 Appendix D (Page 1 of 7)

Background Calculations Data Package: Page _ of Date Measurement uncertainties for parameters measured in this test must be incorporated into the test acceptance criteria.

1.0 Backdraft Damper Opening Torque From reference 2.2C.3 the maximum unseating torque for 2-BKD-30-550 and 2-BKD-30-543 is no greater than 92.4 in-lbs.

Assuming the measured Force is within +/-1% of range (0-501b) and the measured distance is within + 1/64", then the adjusted Torque value can be calculated:

T=FxD F = FM +.01(50)= FM +0.5 D=DM + 164 FM =Measured Force DM = Measured Distance T=(FM+0.5). (DM+ 64)= FMxDM + 64+0Y.6 +0.5DM =FmxD DM +- +

S6 4 2 64 Therefore:

FM xDM=T- DM Fm +0.5 2 64 Given that:

T=92.4 in-lbs FM cannot be greater than 50 lb due to force gauge scale DM cannot be greater than 5 inches due to the physical length of the damper arm where the force is being applied.

FM xDm = (92.4)-_'('50+0.5) = 89.11 Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Backdraft Damper Opening Torque will be adjusted to 89 in-lbs to conservatively account for instrument inaccuracies.

Appendix D (Page 2 of 7)

Background Calculations Data Package: Page - of Date 2.0 Motor Running Current From Reference 2.2C.3, the Air Return Fan Motor Operating current with the Fans' Backdraft Dampers closed must be between 54 and 94 Amps.

Assuming each measured current values are within +/-2.4%, then the adjusted Operating Current can be calculated:

Operating Current (IAvG ) =B - 'A + + IC 3 3 IA = IAM +/- 0.024IAM = IAM (1 +/- 0.024) IA =1.0241AM or 0.9761AM IB = 1.0241BM or 0.9761BM IB = IBM - 0.0241BM = IBM(1 +/- 0.024)

Ic =ICM+/- 0.0 2 4ICM = Icm (1+ 0.024) Ic= 1 . 0 2 4 IcM or 0.976ICM Where IAM, IBM, and ICM are measured currents in A, B, and C phases, respectively.

IAM(1 +/- 0.024)+ IBM(1 +/-0.024)+ ICM (1+/- 0.024) (1+/- 0.024)'(IAM + IBM + ICM)

IAVG 3 3 Therefore:

(IAM + IBM + ICM) lAVG = 9 91.797 Amps 3 1.024 1.024 (IAM +IBM +I CM) IAVG = 5 55.329Amps 3 0.976 0.976 Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Motor Operating current with closed Backdraft Dampers will be adjusted to between 91 and 56 Amps to conservatively account for instrument inaccuracies.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 108 Appendix D (Page 3 of 7)

Background Calculations Data Package: Page of Date 3.0 Motor Design Density Horsepower From Reference 2.2C.3, the Air Return Fan Motor Nameplate Horsepower is 100 HP and the Motor Horsepower at Design Density conditions cannot exceed the Nameplate Horsepower.

Assuming each measured current and voltage values are within +/-2.4%, then the adjusted Motor Horsepower and Design Density (HPDD) can be calculated:

HPDD = HPTD x DD DT Test Density (DT C(53

(_530_

) = 460+T x( B B

29.92) 0.075 IV

/t DD = Design Density Where T = Temperature (°F) and B = Barometric Pressure (inHg) at time of test.

x VAvG x PF x E PF x E - Constant (C)

HPTD = IAVG Power (P) = VAVG x IAVG 431 431 Where PF = Power Factor and E = Efficiency, which are both constants.

Therefore:

HPDD = P xC DD DT Recall from Section 2.0 of this Appendix:

IAM(l+/-0.024)+IBM(1+/-0.024)+IcM(1+/-0.024) (I+/-0.024).(IAM +IBM +ICM)

IAVG =

3 3 And by applying that same logic to the measured Voltage (V):

VAVG = VABM (i-+/- 0.024)+ VACM (1+/- 0.024)+ VBCM (1+/- 0.024) _ (I +/- 0.024). (VABM + VACIM + VBCM)

ý5 j

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 93 of 108 Appendix D (Page 4 of 7)

Background Calculations Data Package: Page _ of Date 3.0 Motor Design Density Horsepower (continued)

Assuming that the Barometric Pressure (B) and Temperature (T) are within +/-0.4% of range (27-31 inHg) and +/- 21F, respectively, as given in Reference 2.2C.1:

0.4% of 4 inHg = 0.016 inHg The Maximum percent error for the Barometric Pressure would occur at the lower end of the scale with an indicated Barometric Pressure of 27.00 inHg and an actual Barometric Pressure of 27.016 inHg.

1 _(27.00) 0.00059 27.16 This equates to a maximum error of 0.059%

The Maximum percent error for the Temperature would occur would occur at the lower end of the scale with an indicated Temperature of 32 0F and an actual Temperature of 340F 34F 1_1)= 0.05 88 This equates to a maximum error of 5.88%

Looking at the equation for Test Density (DT):

Assuming that the numerator has an error equal to that of Barometric Pressure (B),

and the denominator has an error equal to that of Temperature (T), the total maximum error of Test Density will be:

0.059%

= 1.00%

5.88%

Therefore, DT may only be 99.0% of its actual value.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 94 of 108 Appendix D (Page 5 of 7)

Background Calculations Data Package: Page _ of Date 3.0 Motor Design Density Horsepower (continued)

HPDD = Px Cx DD DT DD is also a constant and can be accounted for in C, so:

1 PxCD HPDD = P x C x

-

DT DT Maximum calculated Power would be:

VAVG x IAVG = P 0.976 0.976 0.9526 PxC _PxC

_

_ _ _

HP DD = __

0.9526 x 0.990DT 0.943 1DT Therefore:

PxC P 0.9431 x HPDD DT and since HPDD cannot be greater than 100 HP:

PxC PxC DT = 0.9431 x HPDD = 0.9431 x (i00) = 94.31 Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Motor Horsepower at Design Density will be adjusted to less than or equal to 94 HP to conservatively account for instrument inaccuracies.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 108 Appendix D (Page 6 of 7)

Background Calculations Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.0 Motor Response Time From Reference 2.2C.3, the Air Return Fan motor response time no greater than 10 seconds for the motor to come up to speed.

Using a chart recorder with a chart speed accuracy of +/-5%, the adjusted motor response time can be calculated:

Motor Response Time (tR )= Chart Distance (D)

Chart Speed (S)

S = SS - 0.05Ss = 0.95Ss Where: Ss = Chart Speed Setting D

R 0.95Ss Therefore:

D =tR xO.95 = 10 x 0.95 = 9.5 Ss Therefore the Acceptance Criteria for Motor Response Time will be adjusted to 9.5 seconds maximum to account for instrument inaccuracies.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 96 of 108 Appendix D (Page 7 of 7)

Background Calculations Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 Air Flow Measurements This instruction does not perform any air flow measurements; these are done in GTM-05, HVAC Air Balance. The uncertainties associated with taking Air Flow measurements will be handled within GTM-05 and will not be calculated in this instruction.

6.0 Stopwatch Use Handheld digital stopwatches are used in several places in this instruction. Digital stopwatches have an accuracy of +/-0.1 sec. This instrument error is negligible compared to the inherent human error involved in using a handheld stopwatch.

Stopwatch timing uncertainties will not be calculated in this instruction under the assumption that any instrument uncertainty will be insignificant compared to the human uncertainty.

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 108 Data Sheet 1 (Page 1 of 1)

Air Return Fan 2A-A Backdraft Damper Opening Torque Data Package: Page _ of Date FIRST BLADI)E SHFT CENTER-PUNCHED AL-RIU*\I-HERE FORCE GAITGE I; TO BE PLACED) -ANT PUSHED TO ME'EASIWR CO*MON BAR TO*

DAMPER OPENING FORCE. OTHER BL-A)E AR1*IS Distance from center line of shaft (D): inches Step 6.1[5]: Measured unseating force (F): lbs Opening Torque = Force (F) x Distance (D)

Opening Torque = lbs x in = in-lb (F) (D)

Data Taken By:

Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 98 of 108 Data Sheet 2 (Page 1 of 1)

Air Return Fan 2B-B Backdraft Damper Opening Torque Data Package: Page _ of Date COUNTER*WEIGHT FIRST BLADE SHLAFT CENTER-PUNCHMED LARI.K WHERE FORCE GAUGE LS TO BE PLACED .AD PUSHED TO ArEASURE COMMION BAR TO DAMPER OPENING FORCE. OTHER BLADE -AR1IS Distance from center line of shaft (D): inches Step 6.2[5]: Measured unseating force (F): lbs Opening Torque = Force (F) x Distance (D)

Opening Torque = lbs x in = in-lb (F) (D)

Data Taken By:

Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 108 Data Sheet 3 (Page 1 of 1)

Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed Data Package: Page _ of Date Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Response Time:

Recorder Chart Speed (S): mn n/sec Distance from Fan Start to Amperage Stabilization (D): mn n1 Motor Response Time (tM) = D + S = sec Measured Air Return Fan 2A-A Motor Current (Cable 2PL4875A):

PHASE CURRENT (Amps)

A B

C Sum of Currents (Y-1) =

Average Current (IAvG) - Amps 3 3 Data Taken By:

Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

Data Sheet 4 (Page 1 of 1)

Air Return Fan B-B Motor Data with Backdraft Damper Blocked Closed Data Package: Page__ of Date Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Response Time:

Recorder Chart Speed (S): mm/sec Distance from Fan Start to Amperage Stabilization (D): mm Motor Response Time (tM) = D ÷S= +S= sec Measured Air Return Fan 2B-B Motor Current (Cable 2PL4885B):

PHASE CURRENT (Amps)

A B

C Sum of Currents (Y1) =

Average Current (IAVG) - Amps 3 3 Data Taken By:

Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 101 of 108 Data Sheet 5 (Page 1 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance Data Package: Page _ of Date AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A AIR FLOW DATA:

Air Return Fan 2A-A Total air flow (Y-F): CFM Hydrogen Collector Air Flows Tr-A Cntmt Dome (FD): CFM Tr-A Rx Cavity: CFM Acc Rm 4: CFM Acc Rm 1: CFM Incore Inst Rm: CFM Acc Rm 2: CFM Acc Rm 3: CFM Total Lower Compartment S/G 4

Enclosure:

CFM dead-end spaces CFM recirculation air flow (YHDE):

S/G 1

Enclosure:

CFM

• Rx Cavity Pzr

Enclosure:

CFM *Accumulator Rms Pzr

Enclosure:

CFM *lncore Inst Rm

• S/G Enclosures S/G 2

Enclosure:

CFM *Pzr Enclosure S/G 3

Enclosure:

CFM Total Hydrogen Collector air flow (EH): CFM Free air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (FF):

FF = FY-F

- YH = - = CFM Total air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (EFUL):

IFUL = FF + FD = + = CFM

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 102 of 108 Data Sheet 5 (Page 2 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance Data Package: Page _ of Date AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A MOTOR OPERATING DATA PHASE CURRENT PHASE VOLTAGE (Amps) (Volts)

A A to B B Ato C C B to C Sum of Currents (Y-I) = Sum of Voltages (IV) =

TEST CONDITIONS Design Density (DD) = 0.104 lb/ft3 Barometric Pressure (B) = inHg Power Factor (PF) = 86% Ambient Temperature (T) = °F Efficiency (E) = 94%

AuI Average Current (IAvG) -=

Amps 3 3 IV Average Voltage (VAVG) =- = Volts 3 3

Data Sheet 5 (Page 3 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2A-A Performance Data Package: Page _ of Date Calculate the Air Density during the test:

Test Density (DT = 530 0B x0 0 7 5 b (460+T 29.92) /ft 3 DT 460+ 530

= Dr x 229.92 lb

. x 0.075= /ft3 Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Test Density (HPTD)

I AVG X VAvG x PF x E HPDTD =A 431 x x0.86x0.94 HPTD = HP 431 Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD)

HPDD = HPTD x DD DT x 0. 104 1b/t HPDD = HP

/ft3 Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

Data Sheet 6 (Page 1 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance Data Package: Page _ of Date AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B AIR FLOW DATA:

Air Return Fan 2B-B Total air flow (XF): CFM Hydrogen Collector Air Flows Tr-B Cntmt Dome (Fo): CFM Tr-B Rx Cavity: CFM Acc Rm 4: CFM Acc Rm 1: CFM Incore Inst Rm: CFM Acc Rm 2: CFM Acc Rm 3: CFM Total Lower Compartment S/G 4

Enclosure:

CFM dead-end spaces*CFM recirculation air flow (XHDE):

S/G 1

Enclosure:

CFM

• Rx Cavity Pzr

Enclosure:

CFM *Accumulator Rms Pzr

Enclosure:

CFM Incore Inst Rm

• S/G Enclosures S/G 2

Enclosure:

CFM *Pzr Enclosure S/G 3

Enclosure:

CFM Total Hydrogen Collector air flow (YH): CFM Free air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (FF):

FF = Y-F - = _H - = CFM Total air flow from Upper Compartment to Lower Compartment (XFuL):

XFUL = FF + FD = + - CFM

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 108 Data Sheet 6 (Page 2 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance Data Package: Page _ of Date AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B MOTOR OPERATING DATA PHASE CURRENT PHASE VOLTAGE (Amps) (Volts)

A A to B B Ato C C B to C Sum of Currents (Yl) = Sum of Voltages (IV) =

TEST CONDITIONS Design Density (DD) = 0.104 lb/ft3 Barometric Pressure (B) = inHg Power Factor (PF) = 86% Ambient Temperature (T) = OF Efficiency (E) = 94%

AuI Average Current (IAvG) -

Amps 3 3 XV Average Voltage (VAVG) =- Volts 3 3

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 106 of 108 Data Sheet 6 (Page 3 of 3)

Air Return Fan 2B-B Performance Data Package: Page _ of Date Calculate the Air Density during the test:

Test Density (DT ) = 53460 x 2 B .x 759b DT =r 530 DT=460

+ 29.92 3 ft Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Test Density (HPTD)

HPDTD = AVG IAGx VAVGAxPFxE 431 x x 0.86 x0.94 HPTD = HP 431 Calculate the Motor Horsepower at Design Density (HPDD)

HPDD = HPTD x DD DT HPDD = x HP t3 Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 107 of 108 Data Sheet 7 (Page 1 of 1)

Air Return Fan Total Response Times Data Package: Page _ of Date AIR RETURN FAN 2A-A RESPONSE TIME Time Delay Relay Response (tTDA) =

(from Step 6.3[14]) (mm:ss)

Motor Response (tMA) =

(from Step 6.7[16.6]) (mm:ss)

Total Response Time (tRA):

tRA = tTDA + tMA = m :s +:

(mm:ss) (mm:ss) (mm:ss)

Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

AIR RETURN FAN 2B-B RESPONSE TIME Time Delay Relay Response (tTDB) =

(from Step 6.4[14]) (mm:ss)

Motor Response (tMB) =

(from Step 6.8[16.6]) (mm:ss)

Total Response Time (tRB):

tRB = tTDB + tMB =

(mm:ss) (mm:ss) (mm:ss)

Calculations Performed By: Calculations Verified By:

WBN Containment Air Return Fans 2-PTI-030E-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 108 Figure 1 (Page 1 of 1)

Wedges for Blocking Backdraft Dampers Data Package: Page _ of Date NOTES

1) Four wedges required, each approximately 2" thick.

2) Standard 2" x 6" finished lumber is acceptable. Thickness may be 1" to 1-1/2" if finished lumber is used.

E 3I.

1 *m J

m*

I

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 STARTUP TITLE: Ice Condenser System Instruction No: 2-PTI-061-01 Revision No: 0000 PREPARED BY: DATE )*.-/4Ic)

PRINT NAME/ SIGNATURE REVIEWED BY: ,* /0c,- /*

PRINT NAME/ SIGNATURE 9 G) (O.ý DATE________

INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING  :.2 6o6 JTG CHAIRMAN: _ DATE ___-_"_, _

APPROVED BY: DATE 3W PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGE R TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING NO:

JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE APPROVED BY: DATE PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SMP-8.0, R4, Administration of Preoperational Test Instructions, Appendix B

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 130 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of Revision/Change 0000 ALL Created using 1-PTI-061-01 Rev 1.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 130 Table of Contents

1.0 INTRODUCTION

.................................................................................................... 5 1.1 Test Objectives ............................................................................................................. 5 1.2 Sc o p e ............................................................................................................................ 5

2.0 REFERENCES

...................................................................................................... 6 2.1 Performance References ........................................................................................... 6 2.2 Developmental References ....................................................................................... 6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ..................................................................... 10 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS .................................................................................... 12 4.1 Preliminary Actions ................................................................................................. 12 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE), Parts, and S up p lie s ...................................................................................................................... 14 4.3 Field Preparations ....................................................................................................... 15 4.4 Approvals and Notifications .................................................................................... 21 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA .................................................................................... 22 6.0 PERFORMANCE ........................................................................................................ 30 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test .................................................................................... 30 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test ........................................................................................................... 43 6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing ............................................................................. 53 6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test ........................................................................................................... 59 6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing .................................................................................................. 65 6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test ........................................................................................................... 71 6.7 2-FCV-61 -110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test ............................................................................................................ 77

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 130 Table of Contents (continued) 6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL F unctio na l T est .................................................................................................... . . 83 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing ...................................................... 89 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY .......................................................................... 123 8.0 R EC O R D S ................................................................................................................ 124 Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE R EV IEW ................................................................................................... 125 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................................................. 126 Appendix C: SWITCH LINEUP ..................................................................................... 127 Appendix D: FINAL SWITCH LINEUP .......................................................................... 128 Appendix E: ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP .......................................................... 129 Appendix F: FINAL ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP ............................................... 130

Data Package: Page _ of Date

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Test Objectives This Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) will demonstrate the capability of the Ice Condenser Lower Inlet Doors to properly annunciate in the Main Control Room in a Loss of Coolant Accident. It will also demonstrate the capability of associated containment isolation valves to properly respond to a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal. Valve controls, interlocks, alarms, indication, and fail-safe position on loss of control air will also be verified.

1.2 Scope A. Containment Isolation Valves:

1. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL

2. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL

3. 2-FCV-61-11O-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL

4. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL

5. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION

6. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION

7. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION

8. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION B. Lower Inlet Doors:

2-DOOR-61-LI01 through 2-DOOR-61-LI24, ICE COND LOWER INLET DOOR

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 1.2 Scope (continued)

C. Main Control Room Alarms

1. 2-XA-55-6E

a. 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI

b. 143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO

c. 143C, GLYCOL HS-191B,193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV

d. 144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN

2. XI-61-187, ICE CONDENSER DOOR STATUS

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of Test 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report

1. FSAR-Amendment 102

a. Section 6.2.1, CONTAINMENT FUNCTIONAL DESIGN

b. Section 6.2.4, CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM

c. Section 6.7, ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM

d. Table 14.2-1, PREOPERATIONAL TESTS SUMMARIES (1) (SHEET 83 OF 89) CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM TEST

SUMMARY

(2) (SHEET 87 OF 89) ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM TEST

SUMMARY

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 130 Data Package: Page__ of__ Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)

B. Drawings

1. Flow Diagrams

a. 2-47W814-2 Rev 5, Flow Diagram Ice Condenser System

b. 2-47W848-7 Rev 1, Flow Diagram Control Air

c. 2-47W848-9 Rev 1, Flow Diagram Control Air

2. Electrical

a. 2-45W600-61 -1 Rev 0, Wiring Diagram Ice Condenser System Schematic Diagrams

b. 2-45W600-61-2 Rev 1, Wiring Diagrams Ice Condenser System Schematic Diagrams

c. 2-45N2676-4, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train A Connection Diagram SH-4 ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION

d. 2-45N2676-5, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train A Connection Diagram SH-5 ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION

e. 2-45N2677-4, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train B Connection Diagram SH-4 ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION

f. 2-45N2677-5, Wiring Diagrams Solid State Protection Sys Train B Connection Diagram SH-5 ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION

g. 2-47B601-55-3, Electrical Instrument Tabulation ANTICIPATED (1) DRA 52453-06 Rev 0

h. 2-47B601-55-4, Electrical Instrument Tabulation ANTICIPATED (1) DRA 52453-07 Rev 0

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)

i. 2-47B601-55-64, Electrical Instrument Tabulation ANTICIPATED, use Unit 1 AD

j. 2-45B640-155, Contact Development of Selector Switches and Pushbuttons ANTICIPATED, USED AS DESIGNED VERSION

k. 2-45B640-233, Contact Development of Selector Switches and Pushbuttons ANTICIPATED (1) DRA 52366-23 Rev 0 I. 2-45W760-61-1 Rev 0, Wiring Diagram Ice Condenser System Schematic Diagrams

m. 45N2632-2 Rev 0, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Control Connection Diagrams - Sheet 2

n. 45N2632-9 Rev 1, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Controls Connection Diagram - SHEET 9

o. 45W2649-1 Rev 14, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board - Panel 2-M-10 Connection Diagrams - Sheet 1

p. 45W2649-2 Rev 10, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board - Panel 2-M-10 Connection Diagrams - Sheet 2

q. 45N2684-3 Rev 5, Wiring Diagrams NSSS Aux Relay Panel 2-R-58 Connection Diagram SH-3

r. 45W2755-2 Rev 6, Wiring Diagram 480V Reactor Vent Bd 2A-A Connection Diagram

s. 45W2756-2 Rev 8, Wiring Diagram 480V Reactor Vent Bd 2B-B Connection Diagram

t. 2-45B655-E6E Rev 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-6E Engraving (1) DRA 53228-107 Rev 0

u. 2-45B655-6E Rev 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-6E

WBN Unit 2 ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM Data Package: Page - of 2-PTI-061 -01 Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 130 Date I

2.2 Developmental References (continued)

(1) DRA 53228-108 Rev 0

3. Logic/Control

a. 2-47W610-61-1 Rev 1, Electrical Control Diagram Ice Condenser System

b. 2-47W610-61-2 Rev 1, Electrical Control Diagram Ice Condenser System

c. 2-47W610-61-3, Rev 1, Electrical Control Diagram Ice Condenser System

d. 2-47W611-61-1 Rev 0, Electrical Logic Diagram Ice Condenser System

e. 2-47W611-61-2 Rev 1, Electrical Logic Diagram Ice Condenser System

4. Vendor Drawings

a. 7248D85 Rev 3, Contract # TIC82-54114-1, Watts Bar Units No. 1&2 Ice Condenser Doors Indicating Lights Wiring Diagram C. Documents

1. 2-TSD-61, Ice Condenser System Testing, Rev 0.

2. 2-TSD-88-5, Containment Isolation System, Rev 1.

3. WB-DC-40-31.16, Rev 2, "Displacement Criteria for Vibration Qualification of Piping" Appendix A.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Test should be coordinated with Unit 1 Operations to mitigate any adverse impact to Unit 1.

B. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021.

C. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made.

D. Discrepancies between component IDtags and the description in a procedure/instruction if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place keeping zeros and train designators (e.g.; 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. This condition does not require a TDN in accordance SMP-14.0. Ifthe component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.

E. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left unattended.

F. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist.

G. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required.

H. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near contaminated areas.

1. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components.

J. Test personnel will coordinate with Unit 1 Operations when manipulating Unit 1 equipment if required.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 130 Data Package: Page__ of Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)

K. System water chemistry is within system specifiable parameters especially for fluids supplied from external sources.

L. During the performance of this procedure visual observation of piping and components is required. This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive.

M. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN).

N. Locking in of cold glycol solution between two valves must be avoided.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which they apply.

4.1 Preliminary Actions

[1] EVALUATE items on Open Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL) AND ENSURE that they will NOT adversely affect the test performance.

[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance

[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package.

[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices.

[5] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the current revision in BSL, AND ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI.

[6] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's),

Engineering Design Change Requests (EDCR's) or Temporary Alterations (TA's) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND ATTACH documentation of DCN's, EDCR's, and TA's that were reviewed to the data package.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[7] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test.

[8] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.

[9] ENSURE that communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted.

[10] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the Master Switches are ON, and window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-143A (Subsection 6.1)

B. 2-XA-55-6E-143B (Subsection 6.1)

C. 2-XA-55-6E-143C (Subsection 6.1)

D. 2-XA-55-6E-144A (Subsection 6.9)

[11] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations.

[12] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with U2 Operations for impact to the test performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required.

[13] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE), Parts, and Supplies

[1] ENSURE the following M&TE or Equivalent is available, within its calibration due dates AND RECORD the M&TE data on SMP-9.0, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log.

• 0-60 minute Stopwatch (+/- 0.1 sec) 2 required (Subsections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.3[21], 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, & 6.8)

[2] ENSURE the following equipment is available:

A. 9 Test Switches B. 9 Grabber Style Jumpers with insulated boots

Data Package: Page - of Date 4.3 Field Preparations

[1] ENSURE The following systems are operational and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to perform this test:

A. System 32, Control Air.

B. System 55, Annunciator System.

C. System 236, 125V DC Vital Power.

D. System 235, 120V AC Vital Power.

E. System 278, Main & Auxiliary Control Board.

F. System 232, Reactor Vent Power.

[2] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix C, "Switch Lineup."

[3] ENSURE breakers are aligned per Appendix E, "Electrical Breaker Lineup."

[4] PERFORM the switch lineup listed in Appendix C.

[5] PERFORM the electrical breaker lineup listed in Appendix E.

[6] ENSURE scaffolding has been constructed in MG SET RM/EL 782 to reach 2-ISV-32-3359 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A and 2-1SV-32-3361 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

[7] PERFORM the following:

A. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3359 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A is OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM)

B. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3361 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A is OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM)

C. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3552 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-192-B is OPEN (EL 803/AZ 294)

D. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3553 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-194-B is OPEN (EL 803/AZ 297)

E. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3411 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-96-A is OPEN (EL 768/A12W)

F. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3550 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-97-B is OPEN (EL 775/AZ 303)

G. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3412 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-110-A is OPEN (EL 768/A12W)

H. ENSURE 2-ISV-32-3551 CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-122-B is OPEN (EL 772/AZ 303)

NOTE Test Switch TS-1 will simulate a Normal level in the Glycol Expansion Tank when placed into the ON position.

[8] INSTALL a jumper with test switch TS-1 in the ON (Closed) position between Terminals Points 1 (Wire 8791) and 2 (Wire 879X), at TB309, in Panel 2-R-58 (ClOP, EL708).

(Subsection 6.1) 1st CV

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

[9] LIFT Wire G1C4 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st Cv NOTE Test Switch TS-2 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-191-A when placed to the OFF position.

[10] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-2, between Wire G1C4 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 (Subsection 6.1).

1st Cv

[11] LIFT Wire G1D4 from Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st Cv NOTE Test Switch TS-3 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION when placed to the OFF position.

[12] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-3, between Wire G1 D4 and Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48.(Subsection 6.2) 1st Cv

[13] LIFT Wire G1A4 from Terminal Point 5 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st Cv

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

NOTE Test Switch TS-4 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION when placed to the OFF position.

[14] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-4, between Wire G1A4 and Terminal Point 6 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.3) 1st Cv

[15] LIFT Wire G1 B4 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st Cv NOTE Test Switch TS-5 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-194-B when placed to the OFF position.

[16] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-5, between Wire G1 B4 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.3[21])

1st Cv

[17] LIFT Wire G1H5 from Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st Cv

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

NOTE Test Switch TS-6 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-96-A when placed to the OFF position.

[18] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-6, between Wire G1H5 and Terminal Point 10 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.(Subsection 6.5) 1st Cv

[19] LIFT Wire G1J5 from Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st Cv NOTE Test Switch TS-7 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-97-B when placed to the OFF position.

[20] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-7, between Wire GIJ5 and Terminal Point 10 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.6) 1st Cv

[21] LIFT Wire G1K5 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st Cv

Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)

NOTE Test Switch TS-8 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-1 10-A when placed to the OFF position.

[22] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-8, between Wire G1 K5 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.(Subsection 6.7) 1st CV

[23] LIFT Wire G1 L5 from Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st CV NOTE Test Switch TS-9 will simulate a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal for 2-FCV-61-122-B when placed to the OFF position.

[24] INSTALL a jumper with test switch in the ON position, labeled TS-9, between Wire G1 L5 and Terminal Point 8 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.(Subsection 6.8) 1st CV

[25] LIFT Wire 2M736B from Terminal Point 3, at 2-LS-61-197A/B (AZ305, EL 820). (Subsection 6.1) 1st CV

[26] VERIFY the following annunciators are CLEAR:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI_-1-1_

B. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO

Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 4.4 Approvals and Notifications

[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test.

Preoperational Startup Manager Date Signature

[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization.

U2 US/SRO/SM Signature Date

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

[1] Automatic controls and interlocks function properly in response to normal simulated input signals:

A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[58])

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[42])

C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[23])

D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[23])

E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[24])

F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[24])

G. 2-FCV-61-11O-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[24])

H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[24])

[2] The glycol expansion tank annunciator annunciates in the MCR:

A. LO-LO Level (Steps 6.1[30]A, 6.1[30]B)

B. LO Level (Steps 6.1[37], 6.1[38])

C. HI Level (Steps 6.1[43], 6.1[44])

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

D. HI-HI Level (Steps 6.1[49], 6.1[50])

[3] The following valves close upon receipt of glycol expansion tank LO-LO level signal:

A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[30]C)

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[30]B)

[4] Annunciator window 143C "GLYCOL HS-61-191 B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV" Annunciates in the MCR while Glycol Expansion Tank level is LO-LO and one of the following valves is OPEN:

A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TOAHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[32])

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[32])

[5] The following valves can be operated from the MCR.

Indicating lights indicate the correct valve position in the MCR:

A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1 [58])

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[42])

C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[23])

D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[23])

E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[24])

Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[24])

G. 2-FCV-61-11O-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[24])

H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[24])

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

[6] The following Containment Isolation Valves close on receipt of a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal:

A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[7])

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[7])

C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[5])

D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[5])

E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[6])

F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[6])

G. 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[6])

H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[6])

[7] The following Containment Isolation Valves remain in the closed position after reset of the simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal:

A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[8])

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[8])

C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6-3[6])

D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[6])

E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[7])

F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[7])

G. 2-FCV-61-11O-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[7])

H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[7])

[8] The Containment Isolation Status Panel Train A or B indicates that each of the following valves close upon receipt of a Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and remain closed upon signal reset:

A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.1[7] and 6.1[8])

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Steps 6.2[7] and 6.2[8])

C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.3[5] and 6.3[6])

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.4[5] and 6.4[6])

E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.5[6] and 6.5[7])

F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.6[6] and 6.6[7])

G. 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.7[6] and 6.7[7])

H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.8[6] and 6.8[7])

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

[9] The following Containment Isolation Valves close in < 30 seconds:

A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.1[13.1] and 6.1[13.2])

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Steps 6.2[13.1] and 6.2[13.2])

C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.3[9.1] and 6.3[9.2])

D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Steps 6.4[9.1] and 6.4[9.2]) 1 E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.5[110.1] and 6.5[110.2])

F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.6[110.1] and 6.6[110.2])

G. 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.7[10.1] and 6.7[10.2])

H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Steps 6.8[110.1] and 6.8[110.2])

[10] The following Containment Isolation Valves fail in the closed position upon a loss of control air:

A. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.1[22])

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)

B. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION (Step 6.2[22])

C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.3[13])

D. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION (Step 6.4[13])

E. 2-FCV-61,-96, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.5[14])

F. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL (Step 6.6[14])

G. 2-FCV-61-11O-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.7[14])

H. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL (Step 6.8[14])

[11] The lower inlet door status position monitor and annunciator properly alarm in the Main Control Room (Subsection 6.9).

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTE Stroke timing of valves will be measured from the handswitch actuation to GREEN light OFF upon opening and RED light OFF upon closing.

6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test NOTES

1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators.

2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9.

[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-191 B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position.

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY:

A. Red Light, at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A ON B. Green Light, at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A OFF

[5] PLACE 2-HS-61-191 B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the P-AUTO position.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[6] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light ON D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light OFF E. 2-FCV-61-191-A GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM).

NOTE Steps 6.1[7] and 6.1[8] will verify that 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)

(ACC CRIT)

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[8] PLACE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)

(ACC CRIT)

[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-191 B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position.

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO

[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-191 B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the P-AUTO position.

Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[12] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light ON D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light OFF E. 2-FCV-61-191-A GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (Local)

NOTES

1) Steps 6.1[13] and 6.1[16] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions.

2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[13] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the CLOSE position AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[13.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA. (ACC CRIT) seconds (* 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[13.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION.

(ACC CRIT) seconds (< 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[14] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A Red Light OFF B. 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A Green Light ON C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Red Light OFF D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-191, Green Light ON E. 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSED (Local)

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A and locally at the valve.

[15] PLACE 2-HS-61-191 B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of i Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[16.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[16.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the P-AUTO position.

Data Package: Page - of Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A and locally at the valve. Use light indication at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA.

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to P-AUTO.

[18.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[18.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position.

[20] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 37 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[21] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3359, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191-A.

[22] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-191, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-191-A, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61 -191 -A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. (ACC CRIT)

[23] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-191, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-191-A.

[24] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3359, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-191 -A.

[25] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION returns to CLOSED.

[26] PLACE 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[27] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the P-AUTO position.

[28] VERIFY Annunciator window 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[29] PLACE TS-1 at TB309, in Relay Panel 2-R-58, to OFF (Open) to simulate a glycol expansion tank LO-LO level.

[30] VERIFY the following:

A. Annunciator Window 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, ALARMS (ACC CRIT).

B. Event Display Legend indicates 143B GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO-LO (2-LS-61-197B/A) is in ALARM (Red)

(ACC CRIT).

C. By light indication at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA that 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED (ACC CRIT).

[31] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, is CLEAR.

[32] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191 B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, ALARMS (ACC CRIT)

[33] PLACE test switch TS-1 at TB 309 in Relay Panel 2-R-58, to ON (Closed) to simulate normal level in the glycol expansion tank, AND VERIFY Annunciator Window 143-C, GLYCOL HS-61-191 B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, CLEARS.,

[34] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TOAHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the P-AUTO position.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[35] VERIFY the following indications:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR.

B. Event Display Legend indicates 143B GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO-LO (2-LS-61-197B/A) is NORMAL (Blue).

C. By light indication at 2-HS-61-191A, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A that 2-FCV-61-191-A remains CLOSED.

[36] PLACE a jumper between Terminal Points 4 (Wire 2M737A) and 5 (Wire 2NM6E) at 2-LIS-61-195B/A, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LOW LEVEL located at AZ305° EL 820 to simulate a LO level in the glycol expansion tank.

1st CV

[37] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, ALARMS (ACC CRIT).

[38] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143-B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO (2-LS-61-195B), is in ALARM (Red)

(ACC CRIT).

[39] REMOVE the jumper between Terminal Points 4 (Wire 2M737A) and 5 (Wire 2NM6E) at 2-LIS-61-195B/A, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LOW LEVEL.

1st CV

[40] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, CLEARS.

[41] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143-B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO (2-LS-61-195B), is NORMAL (Blue).

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[41.1] LAND Wire 2M736B at Terminal Point 3, at 2-LS 197A/B, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LEVEL (AZ305°,

EL820).

1st CV

[41.2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, is CLEAR.

[42] PLACE a jumper between, Terminal Points 9 (Wire 2NM6E) and 10 (Wire 2M736A) at 2-LIS-61-195A/B GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK HIGH LEVEL, located at AZ305°, EL820 to simulate a HI level in the glycol expansion tank.

1st CV

[43] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, ALARMS (ACC CRIT).

[44] VERIFY Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TANK LEVEL HI (2-LS-61-195A), is in ALARM (Red)

(ACC CRIT).

[45] REMOVE the jumper between Terminal Points 9 (Wire 2NM6E) and 10 (Wire 2M736A) at 2-LIS-61-195A/B GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK HIGH LEVEL.

1st CV

[46] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, CLEARS.

[47] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI (2-LS-61-195A), is NORMAL (Blue).

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 41 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[48] PLACE a jumper between Terminal Points 2 (Wire 2NM6E) and 3 (Wire 2M736B) at 2-LS-61-197A/B, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LEVEL located at AZ305°, EL820 to simulate a HI-HI level in the glycol expansion tank.

1st CV

[49] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, ALARMS (ACC CRIT).

[50] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI-HI (2-LS-61-197A), is in ALARM (Red)

(ACC CRIT).

[51] REMOVE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st CV

[52] LAND wire G1C4 onto Terminal Point 7 on TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st CV

[53] REMOVE the jumper between Terminal Points 2 (2NM6E) and 3 (Wire 2M736B) at 2-LS-61-197A/B, GLYCOL EXPANSION TANK LEVEL.

1st CV

[54] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI/HI-HI, CLEARS.

[55] VERIFY the Event Display Legend indicates 143A, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL HI-HI (2-LS-61-197A) is NORMAL (Blue).

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 2-FCV-61-191-A, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[56] PLACE 2-HS-61-191B, GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-191-A is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[57] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed.

[58] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.1 (ACC CRIT).

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test NOTES

1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators.

2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9.

[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position.

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY:

A. Red Light, at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A ON B. Green Light, at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A OFF

[5] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the P-AUTO position.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[6] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Red Light ON D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light OFF E. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION OPEN (EL 783/MG SET RM)

NOTE Steps 6.2[7] and 6.2[8] will verify that 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-3 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-193, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[8] PLACE Test Switch TS-2 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 61, FCV-61-193, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position.

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO

[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the P-AUTO position.

[12] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Red Light ON D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light OFF E. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION OPEN (Local)

Data Package: Page - of Date 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

NOTES

1) Steps 6.2[13] and 6.2[16] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions.

2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[13] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[13.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A.

(ACC CRIT) seconds (< 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[13.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION.

(ACC CRIT) seconds (< 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[14] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA Red Light OFF B. 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A Green Light ON C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Red Light OFF D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 62, FCV-61-193, Green Light ON E. 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION CLOSED (Local)

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA and locally at the valve.

[15] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position.

[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[16.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A.

seconds (< 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[16.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION.

seconds (* 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the P-AUTO position.

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, and locally at the valve. Use light indication at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A.

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to P-AUTO.

[18.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[18.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[20] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

NOTE A ladder or scaffold will be required to reach the Control Air Isolation Valve for 2-FCV 193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION.

[21] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3361, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A.

[22] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-193, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-193-A, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION CLOSES. (ACC CRIT)

[23] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-193, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-193-A.

[24] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3361, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-193-A.

[25] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION returns to CLOSED.

[26] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[27] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the P-AUTO position.

[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR.

[29] PLACE TS-1 at TB 309 in 2-R-58, to OFF (Open) to simulate a glycol expansion tank LO-LO level.

[30] VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, ALARMS B. By light indication at 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, that 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is CLOSED (ACC CRIT).

[31] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, is CLEAR.

[32] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191 B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, ALARMS (ACC CRIT).

[33] PLACE Test Switch TS-1 at TB 309 in Relay Panel 2-R-58, to ON (Closed) to simulate normal level in the glycol expansion tank, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-143C, GLYCOL HS-61-191B, 193B MISALIGNED WITH FCV, CLEARS.

[34] PLACE 2-HS-61-193B, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the P-AUTO position.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[35] VERIFY the following indications:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-143B, GLYCOL EXP TNK LEVEL LO/LO-LO, is CLEAR.

B. By light indication at 2-HS-61-193A, that 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION remains CLOSED.

[36] REMOVE Test Switch TS-3 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st CV

[37] LAND wire G1D4 onto Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st CV

[38] REMOVE Test Switch TS-1 between Terminal Points 1 (Wire 8791) and 2 (Wire 879X) at TB 309, in Relay Panel 2-R-58.

1st CV

[39] LAND Wire 8791 at Terminal Point 1, at TB 309, in Relay Panel 2-R-58.

1st CV

[40] PLACE 2-HS-61-193A, GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO

[41] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.2 2-FCV-61-193-A, GLYCOL RETURN AUX BLDG ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[42] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.2 (ACC CRIT).

Data Package: Page of Date 6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing NOTES

1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators.

2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A.

[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[4] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A, Red Light, ON B. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-OA, Green Light, OFF C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light ON.

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light OFF.

E. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (EL 806/AZ 295).

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)

NOTE Steps 6.3[5] and 6.3[6] will verify that 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[5] PLACE Test Switch TS-4 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)

(ACC CRIT)

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-4 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local)

(ACC CRIT)

[7] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)

[8] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light ON D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Green Light OFF E. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (Local)

NOTES

1) Steps 6.3[9] and 6.3[1 1] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions.

2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-OA, at 2-M-9 in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[9.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-OA. (ACC CRIT) seconds (< 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)

[9.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION.

(ACC CRIT) seconds (_ 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[10] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A, Red Light OFF.

B. 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-OA, Green Light ON.

C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 61, FCV-61-192, Red Light OFF.

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-192, Green Light ON.

E. 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSED (Local).

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-192 and locally at the valve.

[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-192 in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 57 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)

[11.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[11.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[12] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3552, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION.

[13] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-192, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-192-B, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. (ACC CRIT)

[14] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-192, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-192-B.

[15] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3552, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-192-B.

[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION returns to CLOSED.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 58 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.3 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Testing (continued)

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES.

[19] REMOVE Test Switch TS-4 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.

1 st CV

[20] LAND wire GIA4 onto Terminal Point 5 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st CV

[21] PLACE 2-HS-61-192, GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPENS.

[22] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed.

[23] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.3 (ACC CRIT).

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test NOTES

1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators.

2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-OA, at 2-M-9.

[3] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[4] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light ON.

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light OFF.

E. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (EL 806/AZ 295).

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

NOTE Steps 6.4[5] and 6.4[6] will verify that 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[5] PLACE Test Switch TS-5 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-5 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[7] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-OA, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-192-B, GLYCOL SUPPLY TO AHUS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[8] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light ON D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light OFF E. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPEN (Local)

NOTES

1) Steps 6.4[9] and 6.4[1 1] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions.

2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[9] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[9.1] RECORD remote closing time at 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A. (ACC CRIT) seconds (< 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[9.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION.

(ACC CRIT) seconds (< 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[10] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION:

A. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A Red Light OFF.

B. 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A Green Light ON.

C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Red Light OFF.

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 62, FCV-61-194, Green Light ON.

E. 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSED (Local).

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-OA and locally at the valve.

[11] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[11.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[11.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[12] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3553, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-194-B.

[13] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-194, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-194-B, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES. (ACC CRIT)

[14] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-194, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-194-B.

[15] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3553, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-194-B.

[16] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION returns to CLOSED.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.4 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION Functional Test (continued)

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION CLOSES.

[19] REMOVE Test Switch TS-5 at Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st CV

[20] LAND wire G1 B4 onto Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 618 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st CV

[21] PLACE 2-HS-61-194, GLYCOL FRM AHU INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-194-B, GLYCOL RETURN CONTAINMENT ISOLATION OPENS.

[22] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed.

[23] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.4 (ACC CRIT).

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 65 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing NOTES

1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators.

2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B

[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9.

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-OA Red Light ON.

B. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF.

C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light ON.

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 66 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of I Date 6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)

E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 768/A12W).

NOTE Steps 6.5[6] and 6.5[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-OA, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 67 of 130 Data Package: Page of Date 6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)

[9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light ON D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light OFF E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local)

NOTES

1) Steps 6.5[1 0] and 6.5[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions.

2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A. (ACC CRIT) seconds (< 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)

[10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL.

(ACC CRIT) seconds (< 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A Red Light OFF.

B. 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A Green Light ON.

C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Red Light OFF.

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 50, FCV-61-96, Green Light ON.

E. 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local).

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-OA and locally at the valve.

[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)

[12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-OA.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-341 1, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-96-A.

[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-96, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-96-A, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES. (ACC CRIT)

[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-96, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-96-A.

[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-341 1, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-96-A.

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED.

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-96-A is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.5 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Testing (continued)

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES.

[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st CV

[21] LAND wire G1H5 onto Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st CV

[22] PLACE 2-HS-61-96, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-96-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPENS.

[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed.

[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.5 (ACC CRIT).

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test NOTES

1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators.

2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B

[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9.

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-97-B is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON.

B. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF.

C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light ON.

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

E. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 775/AZ 303).

NOTE Steps 6.6[6] and 6.6[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-7 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-7 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-OA, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 73 of 130 Data Package: Page i of i Date 6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-OA Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light ON D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light OFF E. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local)

NOTES

1) Steps 6.6[1 0] and 6.6[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions.

2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A. (ACC CRIT) seconds (_<30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 74 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL.

(ACC CRIT) seconds (: 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A Red Light OFF.

B. 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A Green Light ON.

C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Red Light OFF.

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 50, FCV-61-97, Green Light ON.

E. 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local).

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-OA and locally at the valve.

[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 75 of 130 Data Package: Page - of Date 6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER.

ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3550, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-97-B.

[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-97, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-97-B, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES. (ACC CRIT)

[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-97, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-97-B.

[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3550, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-97-B.

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 76 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.6 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL CLOSES.

[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-7 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st CV

[21] LAND wire G1J5 onto Terminal Point 9 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st CV

[22] PLACE 2-HS-61-97, FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-97-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR SUPPLY HEADER ISOL OPENS.

[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed.

[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.6 (ACC CRIT).

Data Package: Page I of Date D

6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test NOTES

1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61 -110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators.

2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B

[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61 -110, FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-OA, at 2-M-9.

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-OA, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61 -110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON.

B. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF.

C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light ON.

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 78 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

E. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 768/A12W).

NOTE Steps 6.7[6] and 6.7[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-8 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-6 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48 to the ON position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61 -110, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[9] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-1 10, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light ON D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light OFF E. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local)

NOTES

1) Steps 6.7[10] and 6.7[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions.

2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A. (ACC CRIT) seconds (< 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL.

(ACC CRIT) seconds (_ 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A Red Light OFF.

B. 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A Green Light ON.

C. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Red Light OFF.

D. 2-XX-55-6E Window 51, FCV-61-110, Green Light ON.

E. 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local).

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-1 10, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-OA and locally at the valve.

[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 130 Data Package: Page__ of Date 6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[12.21 RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3412, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-1 10-A.

[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-110, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61 -110-A, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES. (ACC CRIT)

[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-110, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-110-A.

[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3412, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61 -110-A.

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61 -110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED.

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.7 2-FCV-61-110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-1 10, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61 -110-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES.

[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-8 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st CV

[21] LAND wire G1K5 onto Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-48.

1st CV

[22] PLACE 2-HS-61 -110, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-1 10-A, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPENS.

[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed.

[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.7 (ACC CRIT).

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 83 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test NOTES

1) This subsection will test 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL from its control station and verify operability of all interlocks, indicating lights, and annunciators.

2) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed.

[2] ENSURE the following Glycol Floor Pump(s) are STOPPED A. 2-PMP-61-51, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2A B. 2-PMP-61-61, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR PUMP 2B

[3] ENSURE 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL, is CLOSED by Green Light ON at 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9.

[4] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[5] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON.

B. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF.

C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light ON.

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 84 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

E. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (EL 772/AZ 303).

NOTE Steps 6.8[6] and 6.8[7] will verify that 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL closes on a simulated Phase A Containment Isolation Signal and stays closed upon resetting the signal.

[6] PLACE Test Switch TS-9 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the OFF position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[7] PLACE Test Switch TS-9 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51 to the ON position, AND VERIFY:

A. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light ON (ACC CRIT)

B. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light OFF (ACC CRIT)

C. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is CLOSED.(Local) (ACC CRIT)

[8] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A, at 2-M-9, in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 85 of 130 Data Package: Page - of Date 6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[91 VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A Red Light ON B. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A Green Light OFF C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light ON D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light OFF E. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPEN (Local)

NOTES

1) Steps 6.8[10] and 6.8[12] require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control Switch in both the Open and Closed positions.

2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. Remote timing begins with the initiating-signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.

[10] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[10.1] RECORD remote closing time at, 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A. (ACC CRIT) seconds (_530 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[10.2] RECORD local closing time at 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL.

(ACC CRIT) seconds (* 30 seconds)

M&TE Cal Due Date

[11] VERIFY the following for 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL:

A. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A Red Light OFF.

B. 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A Green Light ON.

C. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Red Light OFF.

D. 2-XX-55-6F Window 51, FCV-61-122, Green Light ON.

E. 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSED (Local).

NOTE Time the valve stroke from 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A and locally at the valve.

[12] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TIME the valve stroke, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

[12.1] RECORD remote opening time at 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-OA.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

Data Package: Page - of Date 6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[12.2] RECORD local opening time at 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL.

seconds M&TE Cal Due Date

[13] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3551, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-122-B.

[14] OPEN petcock to vent control air at 2-PREG-61-122, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-122-B, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES. (ACC CRIT)

[15] CLOSE petcock at 2-PREG-61-122, CONTROL AIR PRESSURE REG FOR 2-FCV-61-122-B.

[16] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3551, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE TO 2-FCV-61-122-B.

[17] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position for several seconds to establish valve travel, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL returns to CLOSED.

[18] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-OA in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL is FULLY OPEN, by light indication, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.8 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL Functional Test (continued)

[19] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A in the CLOSE position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL CLOSES.

[20] REMOVE Test Switch TS-9 at Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st CV

[21] LAND wire G1 L5 onto Terminal Point 7 on Terminal Board TB 646 in Panel 2-R-51.

1st CV

[22] PLACE 2-HS-61-122, FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A in the OPEN position, THEN RELEASE to A-AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-61-122-B, GLYCOL COOLED FLOOR RETURN HEADER ISOL OPENS.

[23] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed.

[24] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.8 (ACC CRIT).

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing

[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.9 have been completed.

[2] VERIFY the following light indications at 2-XI-61-187, ICE CONDENSER DOOR STATUS, on 2-M-10:

A. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON.

D. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON.

E. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON.

F. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON.

G. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF.

H. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF.

I. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF.

J. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF.

K. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF.

L. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF.

Data Package: Page - of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, is CLEAR.

NOTE Steps 6.9[4] through 6.9[99] may be performed in any order to facilitate testing.

[4] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A1/2-ZS-61-187A1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746 AZ 316,AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. Event Display Legend indicates 144-A ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN is in ALARM (Red).

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON.

D. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[5] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A1/2-ZS-61-187A1, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. Event Display Legend indicates 144-A ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN is NORMAL (Blue).

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF.

D. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 91 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

NOTE Further demonstrations of the same annunciator to Alarm Printer signal will not be performed for the remaining "Open Door" inputs in this Subsection.

[6] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A2/2-ZS-61-187A2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET, DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[7] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A2/2-ZS-61-187A2, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[8] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2- ZS-61-186A3/2-ZS-61-187A3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[9] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A3/2-ZS-61-187A3, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[10] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A4/2-ZS-61-187A4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 93 of 130 Data Package: Page - of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[11] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A4/2-ZS-61-187A4, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[12] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A5/2-ZS-61-187A5 ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[13] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A5/2-ZS-61-187A5, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 94 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[14] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A6/2-ZS-61-187A6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red a Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[15] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A6/2-ZS-61-187A6, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5. INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[16] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A7/2-ZS-61-187A7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[17] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A7/2-ZS-61-187A7, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[18] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A8/2-ZS-61-187A8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE A LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-62-187 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[19] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186A8/2-ZS-61-187A8, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 1, INLET DOORS ZONE A OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-287 Window 5, INLET DOORS ZONE A CLOSED, Green Light ON.

Data Package: Page - of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[20] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel I associated with 2-ZS-61-186B1/2-ZS-61-187B1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[21] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B1 /2-ZS-61-187B1, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[22] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B2/2-ZS-61-187B2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[23] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B2/2-ZS-61-187B2, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[24] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B3/2-ZS-61-187B3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[25] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B3/2-ZS-61-187B3 AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[26] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B4/2-ZS-61-187B4 ICE, COND CNTMT ZONE B LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[27] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B4/2-ZS-61-187B4, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[28] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B5/2-ZS-61-187B5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, 1NLET.DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[29] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B5/2-ZS-61-187B5, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[30] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B6/2-ZS-61-187B6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[31] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B6/2-ZS-61-187B6, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 100 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[32] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B7/2-ZS-61-187B7. ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[33] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B7/2-ZS-61-187B7, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[34] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B8/2-ZS-61-187B8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE B LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[35] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186B8/2-ZS-61-187B8, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 2, INLET DOORS ZONE B OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 6, INLET DOORS ZONE B CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[36] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C1/2-ZS-61-187C1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[37] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C1/2-ZS-61-187C1, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET.DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 102 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[38] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C2/2-ZS-61-187C2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[39] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C2/2-ZS-61-187C2, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[40] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C3/2-ZS-61-187C3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061-01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 103 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[41] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C3/2-ZS-61-187C3, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET-DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[42] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C4/2-ZS-61-187C4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN.

Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[43] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C4/2-ZS-61-187C4, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 104 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[44] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C5/2-ZS-61-187C5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[45] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C5/2-ZS-61-187C5, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[46] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C6/2-ZS-61-187C6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[47] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C6/2-ZS-61-187C6, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[48] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C7/2-ZS-61-187C7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[49] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C7/2-ZS-61-187C7, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[50] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C8/2-ZS-61-187C8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE C LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[51] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186C8/2-ZS-61-187C8, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 3, INLET DOORS ZONE C OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 7, INLET DOORS ZONE C CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[52] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D1/2-ZS-61-187D1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN. at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[53] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D1/2-ZS-61-187D1, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[54] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D2/2-ZS-61-187D2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[55] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D2/2-ZS-61-187D2, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN.

Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[56] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D3/2-ZS-61-187D3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[57] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D3/2-ZS-61-187D3, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[58] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D4/2-ZS-61-187D4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 109 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[59] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D4/2-ZS-61-187D4, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[60] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D5/2-ZS-61-187D5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[61] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet DOOR Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D5/2-ZS-61-187D5, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 110 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[62] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D6/2-ZS-61-187D6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[63] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D6/2-ZS-61-187D6, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[64] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS 186D7/2-ZS-61-187D7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 111 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[65] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D7/2-ZS-61-187D7, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[66] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D8/2-ZS-61-187D8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE D LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-287 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[67] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186D8/2-ZS-61-187D8, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 9, INLET DOORS ZONE D OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 13, INLET DOORS ZONE D CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 112 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[68] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E1/2-ZS-61-187E1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[69] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E1/2-ZS-61-187E1, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[70] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E2/2-ZS-61-187E2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 113 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[71] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E2/2-ZS-61-187E2, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[72] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E3/2-ZS-61-187E3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[73] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E3/2-ZS-61-187E3, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 114 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[74] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E4/2-ZS-61-187E4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[75] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E4/2-ZS-61-187E4, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[76] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E5/2-ZS-61-187E5, ICE, COND CNTMT ZONE E LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 115 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[77] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E5/2-ZS-61-187E5, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[78] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E6/2-ZS-61-187E6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[79] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E6/2-ZS-61-187E6, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-197 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON.

Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[80] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E7/2-ZS-61-187E7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[81] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E7/2-ZS-61-187E7, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[82] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E8/2-ZS-61-187E8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE E LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 117 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[83] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186E8/2-ZS-61-187E8, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 10, INLET DOORS ZONE E OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 14, INLET DOORS ZONE E CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[84] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F1/2-ZS-61-187F1, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F LOWER PANEL 1 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[85] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 1 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F1/2-ZS-61-187F1, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11 INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN.

Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON.

Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[86] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F2/2-ZS-61-187F2, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F LOWER PANEL 2 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[87] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 2 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F2/2-ZS-61-187F2, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[88] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F3/2-ZS-61-187F3, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F LOWER PANEL 3 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 119 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[89] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 3 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F3/2-ZS-61-187F3, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[90] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F4/2-ZS-61-187F4, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F LOWER PANEL 4 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[91] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 4 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F4/2-ZS-61-187F4, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 120 of 130 Data Package: Page - of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[92] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F5/2-ZS-61-187F5, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F LOWER PANEL 5 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[93] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 5 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F5/2-ZS-61-187F5, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[94] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F6/2-ZS-61-187F6, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F LOWER PANEL 6 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 121 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[95] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 6 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F6/2-ZS-61-187F6, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[96] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F7/2-ZS-61-187F7, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F LOWER PANEL 7 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[97] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 7 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F7/2-ZS-61-187F7, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 122 of 130 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.9 Lower Inlet Door Logic and Functional Testing (continued)

[98] MANUALLY OPEN Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F8/2-ZS-61-187F8, ICE COND CNTMT ZONE F LOWER PANEL 8 OPEN, at RB EL 746, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, ALARMS.

B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light ON.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light OFF.

[99] MANUALLY CLOSE Lower Inlet Door Panel 8 associated with 2-ZS-61-186F8/2-ZS-61-187F8, AND VERIFY the following:

A. 2-XA-55-6E-144A, ICE COND INLET DOOR OPEN, CLEARS B. 2-XI-61-187 Window 11, INLET DOORS ZONE F OPEN, Red Light OFF.

C. 2-XI-61-187 Window 15, INLET DOORS ZONE F CLOSED, Green Light ON.

[100] VERIFY the successful completion of this Subsection 6.9 (ACC CRIT).

Data Package: Page _ of Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance.

[1] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix D, "Final Switch Lineup."

[2] ENSURE breakers are aligned per Appendix F, "Final Electrical Breaker Lineup."

[3] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and System alignment.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package B. Non-QA Records None

Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)

TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Data Package: Page _ of Date NOTES

1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.

2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact PROCEDURE/ INITIAL AND DATE.

INSTRUCTION (N/A for no change)

Unit 2 FSAR Section 6.2.1 Section 6.2.4 Section 6.7 Table 14.2-1 Sheets 83 & 87 of 89 2-TSD-88-5, Containment Isolation System 2-TSD-61, Ice Condenser System Testing 2-45N2676-4 2-45N2676-5 2-45N2677-4 2-45N2677-5 47B601-55-3 2-47B6011-55-4 2-47B601-55-64 2-45B640-1155 2-45B640-233

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 126 of 130 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)

TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Data Package: Page _ of Date NOTE These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition existed. Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.

ITEM TEMPORARY CONDITION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL No. DESCRIPTION Step Performed By/Date Step Returned By/Date No. CV By/Date No. CV By/Date These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (N/A) 2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data.

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 127 of 130 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1)

SWITCH LINEUP Data Package: Page - of Date SWITCH LOCATION DESCRIPTION REQUIRED INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS-61-191A 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-191 B 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA P-AUTO 2-HS-61-193A 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-193B 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-0A P-AUTO 2-HS-61-192 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-194 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-96 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-0A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-97 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-0A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-110 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-0A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-122 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-OA A-AUTO

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 128 of 130 Appendix D (Page 1 of 1)

FINAL SWITCH LINEUP Data Package: Page - of Date SWITCH LOCATION DESCRIPTION REQUIRED INITIAL/DATE INDEPENDENT POSITION VERIFICATION INITIALIDATE 2-HS-61-191A 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA A-AUTO 2-HS-61-191B 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA P-AUTO 2-HS-61-193A 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA A-AUTO 2-HS-61-193B 2-M-9 GLYCOL FRM AHU OUTSIDE CIV-OA P-AUTO 2-HS-61-192 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-OA A-AUTO 2-HS-61-194 2-M-9 GLYCOL TO AHU INSIDE CIV-0A A-AUTO 2-HS-61-96 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP OUTSIDE CIV-OA A-AUTO 2-HS-61-97 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG SUP INSIDE CIV-OA A-AUTO 2-HS-61 -110 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET OUTSIDE CIV-OA A-AUTO 2-HS-61-122 2-M-9 FLOOR CLG RET INSIDE CIV-0A A-AUTO

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 129 of 130 Appendix E (Page 1 of 1)

ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP Data Package: Page -of Date BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER REQUIRED INITIAL/DATE CONCURRENT IDENTIFICATION DESCRIPTION LOCATION POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-BKR-278-MO10/19 UNIT CNTL BD 2-M- 2-M-7 INST PWR ON 7B BKR 19 TO 2- RACK B, BKR 19 PNL-278-MO010 2-BKR-235-4/6 NSSS AUX RELAY 120V AC VITAL ON RACK 2-R-58 BUS INST POWER C BOARD 2-IV, BKR 6 2-BKR-235-2/7 NSSS AUX RELAY 120V AC VITAL ON RACK C BUS TO INST POWER BD 2-PNL 2-R-58 II, BKR 7 0-DPL-236-0001 125V VITAL BATT CIRCUITS C14 AND ON POWER I D22 GLYCOL DISTRIBUTION SUPPLY FROM PANEL EXPANSION TANK

WBN ICE CONDENSER SYSTEM 2-PTI-061 -01 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 130 of 130 Appendix F (Page 1 of 1)

FINAL ELECTRICAL BREAKER LINEUP Data Package: Page - of Date BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER LOCATION REQUIRED INITIAL/DATE INDEPENDENT IDENTIFICATION DESCRIPTION POSITION VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-BKR-278-MO10/19 UNIT CNTL BD 2-M-7B 2-M-7 INST PWR RACK B, ON BKR 19 TO 2-PNL-278- BKR 19 M010 2-BKR-235-4/6 NSSS AUX RELAY RACK 120V AC VITAL INST ON 2-R-58 BUS C POWER BOARD 2-IV, BKR 6

2-BKR-235-2/7 NSSS AUX RELAY RACK 120V AC VITAL INST ON C BUS TO PNL 2-R-58 POWER BD 2-11, BKR 7 0-DPL-236-0001 125V VITAL BATT CIRCUITS C14 AND D22 ON POWER I DISTRIBUTION GLYCOL SUPPLY FROM PANEL EXPANSION TANK I

WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 STARTUP TITLE: Gaseous Waste Disposal System Instruction No: 2-PTI-077-02 Revision No: 0000 DATE!-/ it PREPARED BY: ý' f~ 4f& 14 PRINT NAME/,SIGNATURE REVIEWED BY: fA01*5 Ho,'vaI .", /? t DATE _____/_

PRINT NAME/ SIGNATURE INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING -" \ D- 9 JTG CHANNrM A DATE 3bl, APPROVED BY: DATE PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING NO:

JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE APPROVED BY: DATE PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SMP-8.0, R4, Administration of Preoperational Test Instructions, Appendix B

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 30 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of Revision/Change 0000 ALL Initial issue based on Rev. 1 of 1-PTI-077-02

Table of Contents 1.0 INTRO DUCTIO N ................................................................................................... 4 1.1 Test O bjectives ............................................................................................................. 4 1.2 Scope ............................................................................................................................ 4

2.0 REFERENCES

............................................................................................................. 4 2.1 Perform ance References .......................................................................................... 4 2.2 Developm ental References ....................................................................................... 4 3.0 PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIO NS ....................................................................... 6 4.0 PREREQ UISITE ACTIO NS ...................................................................................... 8 4.1 Prelim inary Actions ............................................................................................... 8 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies ........................ 9 4.3 Field Preparations ....................................................................................................... 10 4.4 Approvals and Notifications ........................................................................................ 11 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ...................................................................................... 12 6.0 PERFO RM ANCE ........................................................................................................ 13 6.1 W aste Gas System O perational Tests ..................................................................... 13 7.0 POST PERFO RM ANCE ACTIVITY ........................................................................ 21 8.0 RECO RDS .................................................................................................................. 22 Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW ................................................................................................ 23 Appendix B: TEM PO RARY CO NDITIO N LOG ........................................................... 24 Appendix C: INITIAL SW ITCH LINEUP ..................................................................... 25 Appendix D: INITIAL VA LVE LINEUP ....................................................................... 26 Appendix E: FINA L SW ITCH LINEUP ....................................................................... 28 Appendix F: FINAL VA LVE LINEUP ......................................................................... 29

Data Package: Page _ of Date

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Test Objectives This Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) will demonstrate the capability of the Gaseous Waste Disposal System (GWDS) to collect gaseous waste from specific Unit 2 tanks and discharge to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Building.

1.2 Scope Collection of gases from the following Unit 2 tanks:

1. Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT)

2. Reactor Coolant Drain Tank (RCDT)

3. Volume Control Tank (VCT)

In addition to the above, this PTI also verifies flow of gases to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Building Vent.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of Test 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report FSAR-Amendment 102

a. Section 11.3, GASEOUS WASTE SYSTEMS

b. Table 14.2-1, PREOPERATIONAL TESTS SUMMARIES (SHEET 30 of 89) GASEOUS WASTE PROCESSING SYSTEM TEST

SUMMARY

Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)

B. Drawings

1. Flow Diagrams

a. 2-47W830-1 Rev 2, Waste Disposal System

b. 2-47W830-4 Rev 1, Waste Disposal System

c. 2-47W830-6 Rev 4, Waste Disposal System (1) DRA 53756-407 Rev 0 (2) DRA 53123-013 Rev 0

d. 2-47W809-1 Rev 3, Chemical and Volume Control System

e. 2-47W813-1 Rev 1, Reactor Coolant System

2. Electrical Control/Logic Diagrams

a. 2-47W-610-77-3 Rev 0, Control Diagram Waste Disposal System

b. 2-47W-610-77-4 Rev 2, Control Diagram Waste Disposal System

c. 47W610-77-5 Rev 14, Control Diagram Waste Disposal System

3. Electrical Wiring Diagrams None

4. Vendor/Other Diagrams

a. 271C858-Sheet 1 Rev 12, Waste Disposal System-Index

b. 271 C858-Sheet 11 Rev 1, Waste Disposal System-Gas Panel C. Documents

1. 2-TSD-77-2 Rev 0, Gaseous Waste Disposal System

2. WB-DC-40-31.16, Rev 2, "Displacement Criteria for Vibration Qualification of Piping" Appendix A.

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 30 Data Package: Page _ of Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Test must be coordinated with Unit 1 Operations to mitigate any adverse impact to Unit 1.

B. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021.

C. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made.

D. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place keeping zeros and train designators (e.g.; 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. This condition does not require a TDN in accordance SMP-14.0. Ifthe component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.

E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist.

F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required.

G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near contaminated areas.

H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components.

1. Test personnel will coordinate with Unit 1 Operations when manipulating Unit 1 equipment.

J. If a pressure increase in the Gaseous Waste Vent Header makes venting necessary during the performance of this test, any steps that involve venting to detect a pressure increase will need to be repeated.

K. During the performance of this procedure visual observation of piping and components is required. This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive.

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2 PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev.0000 Page 7 of 30 Data Package: Page _ of Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)

L. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN).

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev.0000 Page 8 of 30 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which they apply.

4.1 Preliminary Actions

[1] EVALUATE items on Open Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL) AND ENSURE that they will NOT adversely affect the test performance.

[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance

[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package.

[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices.

[5] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the current revision in BSL, AND ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI.

[6] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's),

Engineering Design Change Requests (EDCR's) or Temporary Alterations (TA's) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND ATTACH documentation of DCN's, EDCR's, and TA's that were reviewed to the data package.

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 30 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)

[7] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test.

[8] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.

[9] ENSURE that communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted.

[10] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations.

[11] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with U2 Operations for impact to the test performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required.

[12] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance.

[13] ENSURE the following systems are operational and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to perform this test:

A. System 32, Control Air.

B. System 30D, Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System.

C. System 62, Chemical and Volume Control System.

D. System 68, Reactor Coolant System.

E. System 77, Auxiliary Building Nitrogen System.

[14] ENSURE the Gaseous Waste Disposal System is in service to the extent necessary to support performance of this test.

4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies None

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 30 Data Package: Page _ of Date 4.3 Field Preparations

[1] ENSURE 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK and associated gaseous waste disposal system piping has been flushed with Nitrogen, AND RECORD WO#

[2] ENSURE 2-TANK-77-1, REACTOR COOLANT DRAIN TANK and associated gaseous waste disposal system piping has been flushed with Nitrogen, AND RECORD WO#

[3] ENSURE 2-TANK-62-129, VOLUME CONTROL TANK and associated gaseous waste disposal system piping has been flushed with Nitrogen, AND RECORD WO#

[4] ENSURE 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, is in service and available with level between 20% and 80%.

[5] ENSURE 2-TANK-77-1, REACTOR COOLANT DRAIN TANK, is in service and available with level between 20% and 80%.

[6] ENSURE 2-TANK-62-129, VOLUME CONTROL TANK, is in service and available with level between 20% and 80%.

[7] ENSURE 0-RE-90-118, WDS GAS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITOR is operable and in service.

[8] ENSURE a ladder has been staged in the Unit 2 EL 713 Penetration room to access the mezzanine above the entrance to the Volume Control Tank Room.

[9] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix C, "Initial Switch Lineup."

[10] ENSURE valves are aligned per Appendix D, "Initial Valve Lineup."

Data Package: Page _ of__ Date 4.4 Approvals and Notifications

[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test.

Preoperational Startup Manager Date

[2] OBTAIN the Unit 1 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization to start the test.

Unit 1 US/SRO/SM Date

[3] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization to start the test.

Unit 2 US/SRO/SM Date

Data Package: Page _ of Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA None

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 22-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 30 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests CAUTION In the event of a HI or HI-HI Oxygen content alarm on Panel 0-L-2 or in the MCR during the performance of this subsection, the test shall be stopped immediately. Operating procedures will be relied upon to prevent the formation of a combustible gas mixture.

[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 have been completed.

NOTES

1) During the performance of this subsection, visual observation of transient and steady state vibrations is required.

2) Steps 6.1[2] through 6.1[7] will demonstrate collecting waste gas from the PRT.

CAUTION Gaseous Waste Vent Header pressure is maintained between 1.0 and 3.5 psig. If any observed header pressure is outside of that range, the test shall be stopped and Unit 1 Operations shall be notified.

[2] PLACE 2-HS-68-305A, N2 TO PRT CIV-OA, to the CLOSE position (2-M-5).

[3] RECORD vent header pressure from 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).

psig

[4] PLACE 2-HS-68-305A, N2 TO PRT CIV-0A, in the OPEN position (2-M-5).

[5] CONTINUE to purge PRT until a pressure increase is detected by 0-PIS-77-88AJB, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2), AND RECORD the pressure psig

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 30 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[6] PLACE 2-HS-68-305A, N2 TO PRT CIV-0A, to the CLOSE position (2-M-5).

[7] PLACE 2-HS-68-301A, PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HEADER, to the CLOSE position (2-M-5).

NOTE Steps 6.1[8] through 6.1[18] will demonstrate collecting waste gas from the RCDT.

[8] PLACE 2-HS-77-19, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-OA OUT CNTMT, to the CLOSE position (2-M-1 5).

[9] ENSURE 2-HS-77-18A, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-OA IN CNTMT, in the OPEN position (2-M-15).

CAUTION Do not allow Reactor Coolant Drain Tank pressure to exceed 5 psig as read on 2-PI-77-2 (0-L-2).

[10] PLACE 2-HS-77-20, N2 to RCDT CIV-0A OUT CNTMT, in the OPEN position (2-M-15).

[11] MARK the present setting on 2-PIC-77-158, RCDT N2 SUPPLY CONTROLLER, (692/A5W) psig

[12] ADJUST 2-PIC-77-158, RCDT N2 SUPPLY CONTROLLER, (692/A5W) to the OPEN position taking care to not exceed 5 psig as read on 2-PI-77-2, RCDT PRESS (0-L-2).

[13] RECORD vent header pressure from 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH, (0-L-2).

psig

[14] PLACE 2-HS-77-19, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-0A OUT CNTMT, in the OPEN position (2-M-15).

Data Package: Page i of__ Date 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[15] CONTINUE to pressurize RCDT until a pressure increase is detected by 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH, (0-L-2), AND RECORD the pressure psig

[16] PLACE 2-HS-77-20, N2 to RCDT CIV-OA OUT CNTMT, in the CLOSE position (2-M-15).

[17] RE-ADJUST 2-PIC-77-158, RCDT N2 SUPPLY CONTROLLER (692/Al 1W) to its original setting.

[18] PLACE 2-HS-77-19, RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-OA OUT CNTMT, in the CLOSE position (2-M-15).

NOTE Steps 6.1[19] through 6.1[31] will demonstrate collecting waste gas from the VCT.

[19] ENSURE the following are OPEN:

A. 2-ISV-62-690, VOLUME CONTROL TANK WDS VENT HEADER ISOL (713/A12U).

B. 2-ISV-62-691, VOLUME CONTROL TANK WDS VENT HEADER ISOL (713/A12U).

[20] MARK the present setting on 2-PIC-62-119, VOL CNTL TANK N2 BLANKET (713/A12U) psig

[21] ADJUST 2-PIC-62-119, VOL CNTL TANK N2 BLANKET, to the OPEN position (713/A12U).

[22] RECORD vent header pressure from 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).

psig

[23] PLACE 2-HS-62-125, VCT VENT TO WDS VENT HDR, in the OPEN position (2-M-6).

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[24] OPEN 2-ISV-62-692, VOLUME CONTROL TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL (713/A12U).

[25] MARK the present setting on 2-PIC-62-126, VCT PRESS CNTL TO VH (713/Al 2U) psig

[26] ADJUST 2-PIC-62-126, VCT PRESS CNTL TO VH, to the OPEN position (713/Al 2U).

[27] CONTINUE to purge VCT until a pressure increase is detected by 0-PIS-77-88A/B, VENT HDR PRESS HI ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2), AND RECORD the pressure psig

[28] PLACE 2-HS-62-125, VCT VENT TO WDS VENT HDR, in the CLOSE position (2-M-6).

[29] CLOSE 2-ISV-62-692, VOLUME CONTROL TANK NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL (713/A12U).

[30] RE-ADJUST 2-PIC-62-119, VOL CNTL TANK N2 BLANKET (713/A12U), to its original setting marked in step 6.1[20].

[31] RE-ADJUST 2-PIC-62-126, VCT PRESS CNTL TO VH, to its original setting marked in step 6.1[25].

NOTE Steps 6.1[32] through 6.1[49] will verify flow to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Bldg.

[32] REQUEST Chemistry Countroom to PERFORM 0-ODI-90-5.

[33] NOTIFY Radiation Protection of Gas Decay Tank (GDT) release intentions in consideration of any personnel work being performed on the Reactor Building roof.

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 30 Data Package: Page - of Date 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

CAUTION ABGTS should NOT be operated for testing purposes or for releases of waste decay tank at the same time both containment purge exhaust fans are in operation. Operation of one purge exhaust fan with the ABGTS is acceptable.

[34] ENSURE "A" train ABGT System Fan available per SOI-30.06.

[35] ENSURE 2-RM-90-400, U2 SHIELD BUILDING VENT MONITOR and its associated isokinetic sampler are in service.

[36] ENSURE 2-RM-90-400, US SHIELD BUILDING VENT MONITOR isokinetic flow measurement is operable and in service.

[37] OBTAIN Decay Tank Release Permit (O-ODI-90-5) from Chemistry, AND COMPLETE in conjunction with this instruction.

NOTE IVfor Step 6.1[37] may be performed by Chemistry.

[38] ENSURE O-ODI-90-5 Release Permit approved by Ul SM/SRO.

1st IV

[39] OBTAIN U1 SRO approval and verification that release is authorized, and instructions are correct for release of Gas Decay Tank A.

Ul SRO

[40] START ABGTS Fan A-A per SOI-30.06.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[41] CLOSE 0-FCV-77-119, PLANT VENT FLOW CONTROL, by PLACING 0-FIC-77-119, GDT DISCHARGE IND CONTROLLER, to 0% position, AND VERIFY the following (0-L-2):

A. Green light ON.

B. Red light OFF.

C. White light OFF.

[42] PLACE 0-HS-77-245, WD PLANT VENT HEADER DIVERTER VALVE, to the UNIT 2 VENT position (0-L-2), AND VERIFY valve OPEN by red indicating light ON (713/Al 1W).

NOTE Gas Decay Tank A is normally charged with nitrogen and should be used to verify flow to the environment via the Unit 2 Shield Bldg.

[43] RECORD GDT A pressure from 0-PIS-77-115, GDT A PRESS HI PRESS ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).

psig

[44] OPEN the following manually operated valves:

A. 0-ISV-77-742A, GAS DECAY TANK A INLET ISOL.

B. 0-ISV-77-748A, GAS DECAY TANK A PLANT VENT HDR ISOL.

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 30 Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[45] OPEN 0-FCV-77-119, PLANT VENT FLOW CONTROL, by PLACING 0-FIC-77-119, GDT DISCHARGE IND CONTROLLER, to 100% position, AND VERIFY the following (0-L-2):

A. Green light OFF.

B. Red light ON.

C. White light OFF.

[46] ENSURE 0-PCV-77-117, PLANT VENT FILTER PRESS CONTROL (0-L-2) is maintained between 4 and 8 psig on 0-PI-77-117 (0-L-269).

[47] VERIFY GDT A pressure decreasing, AND RECORD GDT A pressure from 0-PIS-77-115, GDT A PRESS HI PRESS ALARM SWITCH (0-L-2).

psig

[48] CLOSE 0-FCV-77-119, PLANT VENT FLOW CONTROL, by PLACING 0-FIC-77-119, GDT DISCHARGE IND CONTROLLER, to 0% position, AND VERIFY the following (0-L-2):

A. Green light ON.

B. Red light OFF.

C. White light OFF.

[49] CLOSE the following manually operated valves:

A. 0-ISV-77-742A, GAS DECAY TANK A INLET ISOL.

B. 0-ISV-77-748A, GAS DECAY TANK A PLANT VENT HDR ISOL.

[50] SHUTDOWN ABGTS Fan per SOI-30.06.

[51] RETURN Release Permit to Chemistry for package closure.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 6.1 Waste Gas System Operational Tests (continued)

[52] VERIFY no excessive vibration of the piping system and components associated with the performance of this subsection was observed.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance.

[1] ENSURE switches are aligned per Appendix E, "Final Switch Lineup."

[2] ENSURE valves are aligned per Appendix F, "Final Valve Lineup."

[3] NOTIFY Unit 1 Operations of the test completion and system alignment.

[4] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and system alignment.

Data Package: Page _ of Date 8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package B. Non-QA Records None

Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)

TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Data Package: Page _ of Date PROCEDURE/INSTRUCTION REVISION/CHANGES INITIAL AND DATE.

(N/A FOR NO CHANGE)

FSAR Table 14.2 (Sheet 30 of 89) 2-TSD-77-2 WB-DC-40-31.16

+ 4 1- 1 4- 4

4. 4 1- 4

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 30 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)

TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Data Package: Page _ of Date NOTE These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition exists. Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.

TEMPORARY PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL ITEM CONDITION Step Perf. By/Date Step Returned By/Date NUMBER DESCRIPTION Number 2nd By/Date Number 2nd By/Date

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 30 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1)

INITIAL SWITCH LINEUP Data Package: Page - of__ Date SWITCH SWITCH DESCRIPTION REQUIRED VERIFICATION CONCURRENT NUMBER LOCATION POSITION INITIAL/DATE VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS 2-M-5 PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HEADER OPEN 301A 2-HS-77-18A 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-0A IN OPEN CNTMT 2-HS-77-19 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-OA OUT OPEN CNTMT 2-HS-77-20 2-M-15 N2 TO RCDT CIV-0A OUT CNTMT CLOSE

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 30 Appendix D (Page I of 2)

INITIAL VALVE LINEUP Data Package: Page - of Date VALVE DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED VERIFICATION CONCURRENT NUMBER POSITION INITIAL/DATE VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-ISV-77-503 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 716/AZ281 CLOSE 2-ISV-68-572 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK 702/AZ89 OPEN NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 2-ISV-77-591 RCD TK VENT ISOLATION 716/AZ281 OPEN 2-ISV-68-1115 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK 716/ICQ4 OPEN NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 2-RTV-77-307A 2-PCV-68-304 ROOT 713/A4W OPEN 2-ISV-77-846 PRESSURIZER TANK N2 HDR ISOL 713/Al 1W OPEN 2-ISV-77-851 VOLUME CONTROL TANK N2 713/A12U OPEN SUPPLY ISOL 2-ISV-62-686 VCT ISLN 713/A12U CLOSE 2-ISV-62-687 VOLUME CONTROL TANK WASTE 713/A12U CLOSE GAS SAMPLE ISOL

Appendix D (Page 2 of 2)

INITIAL VALVE LINEUP Data Package: Page _ of Date VALVE DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED VERIFICATION CONCURRENT NUMBER POSITION INITIAL/DATE VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-SMV-62-689 VCT SAMPLE 713/A12U CLOSE 2-RTV-62-412A 2-PCV-62-119 ROOT 713/A12U OPEN 2-ISV-62-593 VCT HYDROGEN ISLN 713/A12U CLOSE 2-ISV-77-593 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 713/A11W OPEN 2-ISV-77-854 RCDT N2 SUPPLY ISOL 692/A7W OPEN 2-RTV-77-872A 2-PCV-77-158 CNTL ISOL 692/A7W OPEN

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 30 Appendix E (Page 1 of 1)

FINAL SWITCH LINEUP Data Package: Page - of i Date SWITCH SWITCH DESCRIPTION REQUIRED VERIFICATION INDEPENDENT NUMBER LOCATION POSITION INITIAL/DATE VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-HS 2-M-5 PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HEADER CLOSE 301A 2-HS-77-18A 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-OA IN OPEN CNTMT 2-HS-77-19 2-M-15 RCDT TO WDS VENT HDR CIV-0A OUT OPEN CNTMT 2-HS-77-20 2-M-1 5 N2 TO RCDT CIV-OA OUT CNTMT CLOSE

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 30 Appendix F (Page 1 of 2)

FINAL VALVE LINEUP Data Package: Page _ of Date VALVE DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED VERIFICATION INDEPENDENT NUMBER POSITION INITIAL/DATE VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-ISV-77-503 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 716/AZ281 OPEN 2-ISV-68-572 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK 702/AZ89 OPEN NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 2-ISV-77-591 RCD TK VENT ISOLATION 716/AZ281 OPEN 2-ISV-68-1115 PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK 716/ICQ4 OPEN NITROGEN SUPPLY ISOL 2-RTV-77-307A 2-PCV-68-304 ROOT 713/A4W OPEN 2-ISV-77-846 PRESSURIZER TANK N2 HDR ISOL 713/A11W OPEN 2-ISV-77-851 VOLUME CONTROL TANK N2 713/A12U OPEN SUPPLY ISOL 2-ISV-62-686 VCT ISLN 713/Al 2U OPEN

WBN GASEOUS WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-PTI-077-02 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 30 Appendix F (Page 2 of 2)

FINAL VALVE LINEUP Data Package: Page _ of Date VALVE DESCRIPTION LOCATION EL/COL REQUIRED VERIFICATION INDEPENDENT NUMBER POSITION INITIAL/DATE VERIFICATION INITIAL/DATE 2-ISV-62-687 VOLUME CONTROL TANK WASTE 713/A12U OPEN GAS SAMPLE ISOL 2-SMV-62-689 VCT SAMPLE 713/A12U CLOSE 2-RTV-62-412A 2-PCV-62-119 ROOT 713/A12U OPEN 2-ISV-62-593 VCT HYDROGEN ISLN 713/A12U CLOSE 2-ISV-77-593 RCDT VENT HEADER ISOL 713/Al1 W OPEN 2-ISV-77-854 RCDT N2 SUPPLY ISOL 692/A7W OPEN 2-RTV-77-872A 2-PCV-77-158 CNTL ISOL 692/A7W OPEN